The Automation Book 2015
The
Automation Book
A world of solutions
Global service & support / Innovative solutions /
Standards driven / Improving financial performance
Global Player
Global impact of
Mitsubishi Electric
Mitsubishi Electric is involved in many areas
including the following
Energy and Electric Systems
A wide range of power and electrical products from generators to large-scale displays.
Electronic Devices
A wide portfolio of cutting-edge semiconductor devices for systems and products.
Home Appliances
Dependable consumer products like air
conditioners and home entertainment
systems.
Information and
Communication Systems
Commercial and consumer-centric equipment, products and systems.
Through Mitsubishi Electric’s vision, “Changes for the Better” are possible for a brighter future.
We bring together the best minds to create
the best technologies. At Mitsubishi Electric,
we understand that technology is the driving force of change in our lives. By bringing
greater comfort to daily life, maximising the
efficiency of businesses and keeping things
running across society, we integrate technology and innovation to bring changes for
the better.
2
Industrial Automation Systems
Maximising productivity and efficiency with
cutting-edge automation technology.
Contents
Contents
Introduction to Mitsubishi Electric
4
Applications in action
6
Tomorrow’s quality, today’s goals
12
European Service
14
Automation solutions
16
ERP
Enterprise Resource
Management
Operation
TOP FLOOR
& Planning
PLANT
Plant Integration
Level
MES
Manufacturing
Mitsubishi
Integrated
FA Software
Execution System
Manufacturing
Execution System
Mitsubishi
EZSocket
Partner Products
EZSocket
Mitsubishi
Communication Software
Automation
Solutions
SHOP FLOOR
Controllers/PLCs 20
HMIs/GOTs/Software22
Inverters24
Motion control
26
Robots28
Low voltage switchgears
30
Application solutions
32
Section 2: Technical Information
3
Global partner. Local friend.
Present right
through Europe
An open working relationship between supplier and customer gets results faster and more efficiently.
From the development of products to the
management of entire plants, our experience in the industrial market spans more
than 80 years. The knowledge we have built
up over the decades and our complete
product portfolio allow us to work together
with customers to create complete turnkey
solutions that meet all specific needs. With
a globe-spanning service network, we not
only provide after-sales service, but also
training and technical consultation.
Global partner,
local friend
Mitsubishi Electric Factory Automation is
synonymous with innovative, high-quality
products. Our programmable logic controllers, drive solutions and industrial robots are
among the most powerful on the market,
and have been contributing to the success of European manufacturing for over
30 years.
4
Sales and support,
never far away
The Factory Automation division has its
own sales organisations in Germany, Great
Britain, France, Ireland, Italy, Spain, Russia,
Poland and Czech Republic. In addition,
we have developed an extensive network
of partner companies across the whole of
Europe and neighbouring countries.
We coordinate and organise our local support throughout Europe to ensure the highest possible standards. Additional support
services are available from our European
Development Centre (EDC) and EMC Competence Centre.
Trust and loyalty
Trust and loyalty is as
important as products
Collaboration with capable partners in
the automation industry is one of the key
elements in Mitsubishi Electric’s success.
Today more than ever, customers expect
automation solutions tailored to the specific requirements of their applications. Our
partners’ expertise in specific industries,
coupled with Mitsubishi Electric’s innovative automation technology, are the two
main ingredients of a successful recipe for
made-to-order solutions and perfect customer service.
A focus on service
The customer is always the focus of all our
service activities. Our customers get the best
possible support from experienced staff,
who provide competent advice and help
with planning, projects, installation and
configuration, training and all automation
questions and tasks. Optimized stocks and a
central logistics centre ensure fast, efficient
deliveries of replacement and spare parts.
For fast technical information and support,
we handle questions from customers all
over Europe via our telephone hotline.
Attention to detail leaves little to chance.
Setting the standards
Market leaders
Mitsubishi Electric has a reputation for producing high quality products. This comes,
in part, from our commitment to understanding and meeting the requirements of
international standards and directives. In
addition to European CE compliance, many
products also have additional approvals
such as:
In the world of manufacturing, change is
omnipresent. To ensure our products reflect
the current needs of customers, we base
every aspect of product development and
production on the voice of the market. To
keep our high levels of product reliability,
we incorporate a quality control program
that leaves nothing to chance, resulting in
the high level of quality synonymous with
the Mitsubishi Electric name.
e-mark, for use in vehicles
S hipping approvals like ABS, DNV, GL,
RINA, BV, Lloyd’s register
I nternational approvals like UL (USA),
cUL (Canada) and EAC mark.
Mitsubishi Electric products are widely
regarded as being among the most innovative in the industry. In terms of volume,
one in three PLCs in the world today is a
Mitsubishi.
Indeed, some of our competitors use
Mitsubishi Electric’s innovative power management technology in their own frequency
inverters.
When all these factors are taken together,
it is no wonder our customers think of
Mitsubishi Electric’s automation products
as leading the market.
5
Automation solutions
Water
Application in action
Company: Klinting Vandvaerk
Location: Denmark
Automation specialist:
PRO/AUTOMATIC
Application: Water pumping station
Products: Mitsubishi Electric modular
PLCs, frequency inverter drives, Wago
remote I/Os
Network: CC-Link
Note:
Bore holes were up to 1.2 km away
from the main water station.
Comment:
“It was easy to create the network
systems and it has some very powerful
unique features.”
Jean Petersen PRO/AUTOMATIC
6
Water is a critical element of life. Without
a constant, clean supply for drinking and
washing and effective handling of grey
waste, society quickly breaks down. Automation solutions need to be reliable and
flexible to meet the changing demands of
the public but also the pressures to deliver
shareholder value. That is why so many utility companies use Mitsubishi Electric.
Automation solutions
Food
The range of food available to the consumer
today is vast, from ready prepared salads to
pre-cooked pies and frozen meats. Much of
it comes from far off places but must be processed and delivered on time, every time.
Because food is so important to our daily
lives there are strict rules and guidelines
regarding traceability, labelling, packaging
and quality control. Mitsubishi Electric has
expertise in all of these areas.
Application in action
Company: Virgin Trading (Virgin Cola)
Location: Ireland
Automation Specialist: Charles Wait
Application: Manufacture of cola
concentrate
Products: Mitsubishi Electric software
and modular PLCs
Note:
Production facility built to be one of
the most efficient in the world with
an on-site staff of 6 producing up to
2 billion litres of Cola per year
Comment:
“We chose Mitsubishi Electric …
because of their reputation for
reliability and worldwide support
particularly in the food and beverage
industry.”
Rod Golightly, Charles Wait
7
Automation solutions
Manufacturing
Application in action
Company: Kaba Group
Location: Austria
Application: Manufacture of keys
Products: Mitsubishi Electric robots
Note:
Two robots are used, one to place
the brass workpiece in to the milling
machine while a second Robot picks
up machined keys and applies the final
finish from a rotating brush.
Comment:
“Thanks to the use of the robot
we were able to reduce costs and
significantly improve the transit time.”
Robert Weninghofer Production
Manager at Kaba
8
Manufacturing, like all engineering fields, is
constantly under pressure to deliver innovative products in the most cost effective way.
Generally, manufacturers are looking for
suppliers who offer automation solutions
that support the wide variety of standards
they need, as well as offering flexibility,
availability and reliability. This is one reason
why the world’s manufacturers have bought
more than twelve million Mitsubishi Electric
FX family PLCs since their introduction over
30 years ago.
Automation solutions
Automotive
Shorter production cycles, adaptive manufacturing and integration of all areas in the
manufacturing process are what make the
automotive industry one of the most high
power, high pressure, manufacturing sectors in the world.
This is also why these global brands turn to
Mitsubishi Electric for the highest level of
automation expertise.
Application in action
Company: Global Engine
Manufacturing Alliance (GEMA)
Location: USA
Application: Manufacture of
automotive engines
Products: Mitsubishi Electric
modular PLCs, HMI control units,
servo amplifiers, CNC controllers and
software
Note:
GEMA is an alliance of the Chrysler
Group, Mitsubishi Motors and Hyundai
Motor Co. There are two facilities
which will, together, produce up to
840,000 engines per year.
Comment:
The Chrysler Group estimates that
they will save annual costs of around
100 million dollars per year with the
new automation concept.
9
Automation solutions
Chemical
Application in action
Company: Follmann & Co.
Location: Germany
Application: Adhesive manufacture
Products: Mitsubishi Electric compact
PLCs, HMI control units, frequency
inverter drives
Networks: Ethernet + Fieldbus
Note:
The system has control over the
manufacturing process for processes
for 17 different adhesives
Comment:
“This economical alternative to
centralised process control technology
makes all functions and process and
production data transparent, from the
source up to the management Level.”
Axel Schuschies, Works Manager
10
The chemical and pharmaceutical industries
are among the world’s most competitive,
facing tough “speed to market” issues. New
products developed in the laboratory have
to be rushed into production. To do this
safely, quickly and reliably, manufacturers
need flexible automation solutions that support a wide range of standards. Mitsubishi
Electric automation products answer these
needs.
Automation solutions
Process
Many automated applications are a continuous process. They vary widely, ranging from
power stations to waste incineration. However, all share a need for highly reliable systems. Moreover, control and management
of operational waste is an issue undergoing
greater regulation through directives such
as IPPC. Mitsubishi Electric developed its
MELSEC System Q specifically to meet these
requirements.
Application in action
Company: European Vinyls
Corporation (EVC)
Location: United Kingdom
Automation specialist: Tritec
Application: Combined Heat and
Power (CHP) plant
Products: Mitsubishi Electric modular
PLCs and software
Note:
Dual redundant PLC solution cost 25 %
of traditional DCS solution. Installed
system now saves £500,000 (approx.
€530k) per year. Payback for the
control system was 6 months.
Comment:
“The PLC control system we developed
had a system cost of around £0.25m,
compared to £1m or more for a
conventional system.”
Tim Hartley, Tritec
11
Tomorrow’s quality
Tomorrow’s quality ...
Tomorrow’s technology requires investment today
Eco Changes – for
a greener future
Eco Changes is an expression of Mitsubishi
Electric’s commitment to environmental
management. The programme is directed
towards a greener future, achieved with
innovative environmental technologies
and manufacturing expertise. Mitsubishi
Electric’s goal is to help create an ecological society by means of a broad spectrum
of technologies and solutions for private
households, offices, businesses, infrastructure and even space exploration. As a global
company, we intend to make a key contribution to achieving the goal of a world with
low carbon dioxide emissions and high
recycling rates.
12
Today’s goals
... today’s goals
No matter what the application, the industry or a company’s size, Mitsubishi Electric
offers its customers the best service possible. This involves getting to know and
understand the customer’s needs, and
being responsive to changing legal and
social attitudes in order to develop products required tomorrow, in one year, or in
five years.
R&D – lifeblood
of the future
Research and development is the lifeblood
of Mitsubishi Electric. Our research and
development centres in Japan, the United
States and in Europe are working on innovative technologies today for the breakthrough products of tomorrow. Mitsubishi
Electric invests approximately 4 % of sales in
developing tomorrow’s technologies.
In a variety of ways, putting programmes
and systems into place that help us get
closer to our goal of actualizing a sustainable planet. From procurement to product
design and manufacturing to logistics
Helping the
environment
It’s all about balance: the balance between
effective use of resources, efficient use of
energy, and safeguards against potentially
harmful substances.
This insight into the balance between efficient automated manufacture and care for
our environment helps us to better understand the needs of our customers. For
example, the need to monitor and control
waste in accordance with the European Integrated Pollution Prevention Control (IPPC)
directive.
Working for a sustainable future.
This is an immense challenge, but one that
Mitsubishi Electric is actively pursuing on a
daily basis, while keeping focused on one
goal. That goal is a global society where
life can continually improve in harmonious
coexistence with the natural environment.
And so Mitsubishi Electric factories work
to ensure full ISO 14000 compliance, and
to produce products with fewer harmful
substances.
these activities demonstrate how environmentally conscious thinking and action are
steadily becoming ingrained in our corporate culture.
13
European Service
Product and service
When choosing an automation partner our
customers look at many different factors,
from company stability to market-leading
products. Yet one thing they are all interested in is service and support.
Service in Europe
Networks, technology centres and partners
spanning Europe ensure outstanding local
support services.
Technical support is about getting the right answers first time.
14
European Service
The human element
Reliable technical support is only a call away
All repairs are carried out by qualified and experienced
engineers.
Comprehensive training programs
Our customer hotline supports both current
and older product lines. Local engineers
then provide telephone support in native
languages.
Minimizing downtime
Training for
performance
This local service can also provide in-depth
technical support when necessary. Thanks
to this mix of local and centralized support
customers can always be sure they can get
the support they need, when they need it.
Complementing our local support, the
website https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com
offers MyMitsubishi users access to manuals, CAD drawings, HMI drivers, GSD files etc.
for free.
Downtime caused by an operational failure
is never good news. In today’s tough business environment returning to full production as soon as possible is critical.
Our comprehensive services will help you
to get your plant up and running again
fast, keeping expensive downtime to a
minimum.
Dealing with complex automation equipment in a fast-paced manufacturing environment requires well-trained personnel.
Mitsubishi Electric offers the latest automation training in the use and maintenance of
automation systems. This ensures optimum
operating performance.
15
Automation solutions
Automation solutions ...
Compact PLCs
The world’s favourite compact PLC brings
together power and simplicity in equal measure.
ERP
Enterprise Resource
Management
Operation
Modular PLCs
The MELSEC L series, iQ-R series and MELSEC System Q are high-performance modular controllers. With a wealth of integrated functions, they
enable configuration of optimum solutions for
all automation tasks.
PLANT
Plant Integration
Level
Manufacturing
Mitsubishi
Integrated
FA Software
MELSOFT
Productivity tools and software solutions to
help you get the best out of your automation
investment.
HMIs, GOTs and IPC
Automation
Mitsubishi Electric offers what is probably the
biggest range of control terminals and industrial
PCs (IPCs) available from any single manufacturer.
SHOP FLOOR
Inverters
Mitsubishi Electric has a reputation for reliable
inverters, which makes it easy for customers to
“Fit and Forget”.
16
Automation solutions
... whatever the application
TOP FLOOR
(Operation & Planing)
Motion Control
Mitsubishi Electric Servo and Motion systems
offer scalable solutions from 1 to 96 axes.
& Planning
MES
Execution System
Manufacturing
Execution System
Mitsubishi
EZSocket
Partner Products
Robots
MELFA robots offer class leading technology for
both SCARA and articulated arm systems.
EZSocket
Mitsubishi
Communication Software
LV Switchgear
Advanced low voltage technology covering
switchgear and circuit breakers.
Solutions
CNC Control
Maximise your production and control with the
utmost reliability.
[email protected] is the Mitsubishi Electric solution for improving the performance of any
manufacturing enterprise, providing three
key benefits: Reduced total cost of ownership (TCO), Maximized productivity, and
Seamless integration.
EDM Machines
Mitsubishi Electric EDM - voted as the “Global
Market Leader 2005” by Frost and Sullivan.
17
Automation solutions
The [email protected] solution
This extends down the hierarchy with
CC‑Link IE Field, bringing gigabit bandwidth
to all devices.
iQ Platform
The iQ Platform is the enabling controller
hardware for the [email protected] solution. An iQ
system unites PLC, motion, CNC, robot and
process control in a single unified controller architecture, linked seamlessly by a high
speed backplane.
MES Interface
The MES Interface IT products provide the
vital link between the shop floor controllers
such as the iQ Platform, and the enterprise
IT systems. The connection is direct, with
no intermediate PC hardware introducing
maintenance or security issues.
Get maximum system efficiency and performance with [email protected]
Our solutions for
your benefit
[email protected] was born out of the expertise
Mitsubishi Electric has developed as a global
manufacturing enterprise, facing essentially
the same challenges our customers face.
Our solution has been implemented in our
factories with dramatic results. We are now
sharing this expertise with those who are
looking for the same benefits from their
own manufacturing operations.
An [email protected] plant solves various issues
through the direct collection of a wide
variety of production site data, such as production and operation performance results
and quality information, in real-time from
equipment and devices, and then utilizes
this data in an enterprise IT system.
This real time integration of production data
and enterprise IT solidly aids in improving
quality, reducing lead time and increasing
productivity. The [email protected] solution has
several key parts as follows.
CC-Link Network
Architecture
CC-Link provides a complete open network
architecture that links all factory devices.
The top layer is CC-Link IE, which provides
the first gigabit Ethernet backbone to meet
the ever increasing data communication
needs of modern factories.
18
For more information about Mitsubishi
Electric MES interface products please
refer to the technical part, chapter 12 in
this catalogue.
The [email protected]
Alliance
A key part of the [email protected] solution is the
“[email protected] Alliance”. We have teamed with
other best-in-class suppliers to ­create partnerships that allow our customers to truly
benefit from the most comprehensive solutions available. The [email protected] Alliance currently has over 28 partners and their number is growing. Current partners include
Adroit, Atos Origin, Control Microsystems,
CODESYS, Cognex, Copa Data, DP Technology, Emulate3D, eWON, FAG, Felten, HMS,
IBHsoftec, ILS Technology, INEA, KH Automation Projects, LEM, mpdv, DATALOGIC,
ProLeiT, Raima, RITTAL, RT Leaders, SCHAD,
Schaffner, ubigrate, Visual Components,
AUVESY, RealTimeLogic.
Automation solutions
Safety solutions
GOT
iQ Platform
WS-Safety
iQ Platform
GOT
Safety
Relays
Safety
AC Servo
QS-Safety
Robot
20
20
10
8
6
4
10
8
6
4
21NC
2
22NC
AC-1Ith
32A
Safe Torque
Off Signal
Safety
VFD
21NC
2
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
22NC
AC-1Ith
32A
0.2
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
Motor
20
10
8
6
4
21NC
2
22NC
AC-1Ith
32A
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
Safety
Devices
Safety Devices
QS Safety
I/O Blocks
Safety
Devices
QS Safety
I/O Blocks
Motor
Safety Devices
Safety control is fully integrated into the Mitsubishi Electric automation solution
Comprehensive
safety solutions
The European Machinery Directive or international standards such as ISO12100 impose
strict regulations for the safety of plant and
machinery. Just like the machines themselves, the automation systems that control
them must also comply with the directives
and standards to ensure the safety of personnel in all phases of the machines’ service life.
At the same time, the safety concept has
shifted from human intervention based “zero
accidents” to risk assessment based “zero risk”.
As a solution for this, Mitsubishi Electric provides a total safety solution by incorporating
safety control devices, safety drive devices,
and safety components required for safety
systems. This allows optimal safety control
to be realized, boosting productivity.
Many companies can offer you a choice of
safety devices, or perhaps a safety system
of some kind. However, few can provide a
complete safety solution that fully integrates with the conventional automation of
your systems. The result is not only worker,
machine and process safety, but industry
leading productivity and performance.
Safety in every phase of your production
Please refer to the technical information section of this catalogue for more information
and ask for our separatly available safety
brochure.
19
Logic Controllers / Compact PLCs / Modular PLCs
Simple, easy, reliable
Reliable
We design and build our PLCs to the highest international standards gaining many
marine and specialist approvals in the process. We do this as part of our drive to supply
the best quality products possible. A prime
example of Mitsubishi Electric quality is the
widespread use of our components in the
global auto industry, where zero tolerance
of product failure is fast becoming the norm.
A unified tool –
iQ Works
The iQ Automation Platform is a leading
solution for simplified management of
complex and heterogeneous industrial
production systems. The concept unites
PLC, motion, robot and CNC technologies
in a single compact hardware platform, enabling seamless interaction between the different control systems. One of the key benefits is the ability to use a single unified tool
for development and maintenance of the
component systems. iQ Works is that tool:
A unified development environment that
encompasses all aspects of development
and maintenance and can be controlled
entirely from a single central location.
Proven reliability from standalone to complete installations
Furthermore customers who wish to use
more structured programming methods
can choose from an array of languages supported by the IEC61131-3 standards.
One system, one tool
Simple
Mitsubishi Electric PLCs are simple to use.
We have reduced many complex actions to
a single instruction, making our PLCs much
easier to program.
Easy
Moreover, we have designed programming
and system configuration to be as flexible
as possible. For example, our GX Works
programming tools allow users to quickly
create PLC programs and configure new
modules.
20
All software packages are designed to
reduce programming overheads through
use of intuitive layouts and functionality
that guides the development of efficient
code creation.
In addition, we offer innovative support
tools such as GX Simulator. This package
permits users to run PLC programs in a simulation mode without any additional hardware, helping to reduce expensive on-site
commissioning time.
PLC Programming
Package
GX Works3
GX Works2
GX Works2 FX
AL-PCS/
WIN
ALPHA series
MELSEC iQ-F/
iQ-R series
MELSEC
Q/L series
FX3 PLC’s
FX3 PLC’s
Ladder
l
l
l
l
Function Blocks
l
l
l
l
Structured Text
l
l
l
l
SFC
l
l
l
l
IEC61131 Compliant
l
l
l
l
l
Logic Controllers / Compact PLCs / Modular PLCs
Control to fit
A wide range
of solutions
Mitsubishi Electric PLC and controller solutions are divided into three simple groups.
Logic controllers
These Mitsubishi Electric products are called
ALPHA controllers. They are small compact
units with input/output (I/O), CPU, memory,
power supply and HMI built into a single
unit. The units are programmed with a very
intuitive Function Block-style programming
tool (AL-PCS/WIN).
Compact PLCs
Compact PLCs are widely used in applications ranging from machine control to
networked systems. Mitsubishi Electric’s
famous FX3 and FX5 range of PLCs are
some of the most popular compact PLCs
on the market, as demonstrated by sales of
over twelve million controllers worldwide.
Compact PLCs contain I/O, CPU, memory
and power supply in a single unit.
Moreover, it can extend its capabilities
by selecting different options such as I/O,
analogue or temperature control. One of
the most popular additions is a networking
connection. Network options can include
Ethernet, Profibus DP, CC-Link, DeviceNet as
well as CANopen and AS-interface.
Modular PLCs
Modular controllers like Mitsubishi Electric’s
MELSEC L series, iQ-R series and MELSEC
System Q are high-performance PLC systems with broad functionality. The range,
power and function of these high-end PLCs
is impressive, with operation times measured in nanoseconds. They are equipped
with a separate power supply, CPU, I/O and
specialist options mounted on a backplane.
I/O
Memory
Cycle period/log. instruction
Additional backplanes can be added as the
system expands. Their modular architecture
makes it easy to configure these controllers
for any task. Modular PLCs comprise a power
supply, one or more CPU modules and I/O
and/or special function modules. There
Special function modules include analogue,
communications and network modules and
a special MES interface. A Web server module is also available for Internet access.
The CPU comes with an integrated Ethernet port for easy access to this standard
network.
Mitsubishi Electric’s MELSEC System Q demonstrates one of the greatest benefits of an
automation platform. It makes it possible
to integrate PLC CPUs, motion controllers,
robot controllers and process CPUs all in a
single system. In addition there are options
for systems built around industrial PCs,
redundant PLCs, as well as a recent innovation, the C controller.
Logic controller
Compact PLC
ALPHA2
FX3/FX5 series
MELSEC System Q 32–8192
MELSEC iQ-R 4096
MELSEC L series 24–4096
FX3/FX5 10–512
10–28
ALPHA
There is a solution to match your needs
iQ Platform
Mitsubishi Electric’s iQ is the world’s first
automation platform combining all key
automation types on one controller. No
longer are valuable engineering resources
spent trying to make different systems from
separate vendors work together. With iQ,
Mitsubishi Electric takes care of system
integration. We provide an extensive array
of controller types that seamlessly operate
together on the same backplane. Now your
engineering staff can concentrate on the
demands of the application itself right from
the beginning.
Modular PLC
MELSEC L series
MELSEC iQ-R series
MELSEC System Q
10–28
10–512
24–4096
4096
32–8192
200 function blocks
2–64 k steps
20–260 k steps
40–1200 k steps
10–1000 k steps
20 µs
0.065–0.55 µs
(65–550 ns)
0.0095–0.040 µs
(9.5–40 ns)
0.98–1.96 ns
0.0095–0.2 µs
(9.5–200 ns)
21
HMIs / GOTs / IPCs / SCADA
Seeing is believing
Dedicated HMI solutions
The GOT1000 and GOT2000 series of graphic
operator terminals provide the very latest in
touch-screen display technology. This gives
users bright clear display of information
with the flexibility of touch screen input.
The GOT units are designed for fundamental
integration with Mitsubishi Electric automation technology. This means easier, faster
project development as well as increased
system performance and additional access
to core functions in Mitsubishi’s automation
hardware.
Industrial PC (IPC) solutions
Mitsubishi Electric’s range of IPC solutions offer customers a robust platform for
developing their own solutions. They are
designed to provide the flexibility of highperformance PC power but with a sturdy
industrial design to protect them during
operation. This means users can install an
IPC in their manufacturing environment
with complete confidence.
Production line or remote plant intelligence – Mitsubishi Electric makes data accessible.
Mitsubishi Electric’s visualization concept
brings together a wide range of human
machine interfaces, industrial PCs and software solutions that let you see what is really
happening in the production process.
This combination of three visualisation
technologies from a single supplier, allows
users to choose the best solution to fit their
requirements.
A wide range of open HMI solutions
22
A range of Mitsubishi Electric automation
software called MELSOFT supports the IPCs.
This provides users with a choice of software components that they can embed in
their own solution to complete visualisation
packages like GT SoftGOT.
HMIs / GOTs / IPCs / SCADA
Perfect vision
Hardware
with flexibility
When selecting the right visualisation application, a number of basic factors have to be
taken into account.
Water protection
HMI products from Mitsubishi Electric provide a wide range of solutions catering to
virtually every application need. All units
have an IP65 ingress protection rating or
higher – they can be safely hosed down for
cleaning, for example. This is often the case
in the food industry where high levels of
hygiene have to be maintained at all times.
Communication
An important part of automation is communication. Mitsubishi Electric’s HMI solutions can connect to leading networks like
Ethernet, CC-Link (IE) and Modbus. With
access to hundreds of drivers, Mitsubishi
Electric’s HMI and SCADA solutions can also
be used with automation products from
other manufacturers.
Ease of use
Programming and using Mitsubishi Electric
HMIs is easy. All of the packages come
with pre-defined graphic libraries to help
users get started quickly. More than one
hundred drivers are available, making it
possible to use Mitsubishi’s HMI solutions
with automation products from third-party
manufacturers.
MELSOFT
The MELSOFT automation software suite
offers users a range of solutions including
PLC and HMI programming software components such as OPC servers and Active X
containers for embedding directly into a
user’s solution.
MAPS
(Mitsubishi Adroit
Process Suite)
MAPS is an engineering tool that encompasses the entire product life cycle of automation solutions. The benefits of MAPS are
already available in the development and
integration phases. MAPS also makes it
easier to integrate your data and enables
customers to install extensions and perform
maintenance themselves. The program uses
predefined, user-configurable PLC function blocks and SCADA graphics based on
the international S88 and S95 standards.
This standardisation means that in addition to saving time, MAPS also reduces the
development, testing and commissioning
overheads of your automation projects. A
range of import functions facilitate fast and
easy configuration of the user interfaces for
both SCADA and PLC projects. MAPS uses
a central database for exchanging global
variables, making accidental duplication of
data records impossible.
Solutions for every visualisation and programming
application.
IPC with MAPS
GOT2000 series
GOT1000 series
There is a solution to match your needs
HMI Programming/Simulation
Package
Feature
GT Works3
Functions:
Programming
Simulation
l
Graphics Library
l
l
HMI Hardware
GOT1000 series/GOT2000 series
Soft HMI Capability
GT SoftGOT1000/ GT SoftGOT2000
PC based visualisation
Package
Soft HMI
PC Control
MX
Component
MX OPC
Server
OPC
l
l
Active X
l
Feature
VB/VBA
GT SoftGOT
l
MX Sheet
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Web
Deployable
ODBC
Operation:
Information
Open Plant
Factory Floor
23
Inverters / Drives
Driving performance
Mitsubishi Electric inverters mean reliability
and performance. This is why two consecutive IMS Customer Satisfaction Surveys gave
Mitsubishi Electric inverters top marks for
reliability and technology.
The FR-D700 SC and FR-E700 SC inverter
drive series come with the two-channel
STO (Safe Torque Off ) safety system integrated as standard equipment. This makes it
possible to operate multiple inverter drives
inexpensively with a single safety relay.
Cut costs
A standard industrial motor in a typical fan
or pump application may only cost a few
hundred euros to purchase. However, that
same motor will consume hundreds of thousands of euros in electricity costs over its
operational lifetime. Using an inverter can
significantly reduce this outlay.
Intelligent solutions
for every task
Intelligent solutions for every task
Frequency inverters offer a good example
of a widely accepted, widely used automation technology. Inverters allow engineers
greater control over a motor’s speed and
torque performance. Increasingly, inverters
are also seen as a simple but important way
to reduce energy costs. Today, over 20 million Mitsubishi Electric frequency inverters
are in operation around the world in a wide
range of applications.
Inverters help reduce power consumption and
machine wear.
High standards
Our commitment to meeting international
standards guides the design of Mitsubishi
Electric inverters. Current certifications
include the European CE, America’s UL and
cUL, the Russian GOST/EAC, as well as shipping approvals. These certifications help
exporters who sell machines and systems
with embedded inverters.
24
Mitsubishi Electric offers four types of
inverter: Simple, Economy, Flexible and
Advanced. Each has been optimized to offer
the very best in control and performance.
In addition, depending upon the type
selected, Mitsubishi Electric inverters can
support the following networks: RS485,
ModbusRTU, BacNet, Profibus DP, CC-Link IE
Fieldbus, DeviceNet, LONWorks, SSCNET
and Ethernet based networks. This extensive
communication ability makes it easier to
integrate inverter control into larger automation systems.
Inverters / Drives
Powering the future
FR-A800 0.75–630 kW, 3ph
FR-F700 0.75–630 kW, 3ph
0.4–15 kW, 3ph
0.1–2.2 kW, 1ph
FR-E700 SC
0.4–7.5 kW, 3ph
0.1–2.2 kW, 1ph
FR-D700 SC
Comprehensive range from ultra compact to ultra
powerful
FR-D700 SC
FR-F700
FR-A800
Micro
Flexible
Powerful
Mitsubishi Electric’s entry level series
combines ultra-compact dimensions with
a wealth of new functions, including an
emergency stop input for reliable stopping.
Current vector control ensures that this
frequency inverter can always deliver high
torque, eve n at low speeds. An integrated
brake transistor enables direct connection
of a brake resistor for better braking performance. The FR-D700 SC is the ideal choice
for driving fans, agitators and conveyor belt
systems.
Many frequency inverter drives save power
but the FR-F700 saves more. Its innovative
OEC technology (Optimum Excitation Control) ensures that exactly the right magnetic
flux is always applied to the motor for maximum motor efficiency and minimum power
consumption. FR-F700 inverters are particularly well suited for pump and fan, HVAC and
building services applications.
The frequency inverters of the FR-A800
series deliver high-end performance and
power. Their RSV (Real Sensorless Vector
control) technology ensures maximum
torque and optimum smooth running. For
greater flexibility these inverters have four
overload ranges, options for controlled shutdown and integrated PLC functions. With
their dynamic performance the FR-A800
inverters are ideal for cranes and hoisting
gear, high-shelf storage systems, extruders,
centrifuges, winding systems and positioning applications for IM and PM Motors.
FR-A741/770
Among the highlights of this series are the
FR-A741 models, which have an integrated
regenerative braking system. Up to 100 % of
the braking energy can be fed back into the
power circuits. No external brake resistor or
brake chopper is needed.
FR-E700 SC
Compact
Improved functions and capabilities make
the FR-E700 SC inverters an economical
and universal choice for a huge range of
applications such as conveyor belts, hoists,
stage systems, pumps, fans and extruders.
Features include an integrated USB port,
safe stop inputs for safety stop function,
improved power delivery in the low-speed
range, options for controlled shut down
and a slot in which you can install one of
the many available option cards for the
700 series.
With the FR-A770 series, Mitsubishi Electric
presents its first 690V inverter. It is based on
the successful FR-A700 series, and combines
innovative functions and reliable technology with maximum power, economy and
flexibility. The FR-A770 line up is targeting
high power applications as conveyor, mud
pumps, and cranes in e.g. Mining, Oil and
Gas industries.
Inverter range
FR-D700 SC
FR-E700 SC
FR-A741/770
FR-F700
FR-A800
D720S SC
D740 SC
E720S SC
E740 SC
F740
F746
A741
A770
A820
A840
A842
FR-CC2
Input voltage
1-phase
200–240 V AC
3-phase
380–480 V AC
1-phase
200–240 V AC
3-phase
380–480 V AC
3-phase
380–500 V
3-phase
380–500 V AC
3-phase
380–500 V AC
3-phase
540–759 V AC
3-phase
170–264 V AC
3-phase
323–550 V AC
3-phase
323–550 V AC
3-phase
323–550 V AC
Output [kW]
0.1–2.2
0.4–7.5
0.1–2.2
0.4–15
0.75–630
0.75–55
5.5–55
355–630
0.75–132
0.75–355
400–630
315–630
200 %
150 %
250 % / 120 %
250 % / 120 %
250 % / 120 %
250 % / 120 %
IP00
IP00
IP20
IP00
IP00
IP00
Overload
200 %
200 %
Rating
IP20
IP20
150 % / 120 %
IP20–00
IP54
25
Servo / Motion
Poetry in motion
Plug and Play
Mitsubishi Electric servo and motion solutions offer easy system building and configuration based on PC “plug and play”
concepts.
Simple connections
The availability of pre-made cables of different lengths means that connecting a
servomotor to an amplifier or any other
combination is quick and error free.
Automatic motor recognition
When a Mitsubishi Electric servomotor is
connected to an amplifier it is automatically
recognized. The correct parameters are then
automatically loaded, ready for operation.
This reduces the set-up time and the chance
of errors.
Simple networking
High-speed servo and motion applications need special high-speed networking.
Mitsubishi Electric’s Servo System Controller
Network (SSCNETIII/H) provides the system
capability, connecting and fully synchronising up to 96 axes using a simple plug and
cable construction.
*) The MR-JE-B and MR-J4-B series products
use S­ SCNETIII/H, a fibre based version of the
network giving complete noise immunity.
Speed, accuracy and control when you need it
As the demands on manufacturing increase,
there is a growing need to produce higher
quantities of finished goods with lower
wastage. To achieve this, all areas of automation are evolving to meet these new
demands.
One area undergoing rapid growth is servo
and motion control. The development of
high performance servomotors combined
with intuitive motion control is replacing
traditional movement solutions.
26
Speed and performance
Servomotors allow users to create automation solutions that are faster, more precise
and more compact.
Mitsubishi Electric has been pushing forward the boundaries of servomotor design,
creating ultra compact brushless motors.
All motors of the MR-JE series have an
encoder with a resolution of 131,072 pulses
per revolution. All motors of the MR-J4
series have an encoder with a resolution of
4,194,304 pulses per second. This permits
greater machine speed and accuracy.
Servo / Motion
Power and precision
MR-J4-A/B 400 V, 0.6–55 kW
MR-J4-A/B 200 V, 0.1–37 kW
MR-J4W-B Plug and play technology
HG motor series – IP65/IP67 standard protection
200 V, 0.2–1 kW
Powerful
Amplifiers
Motor solutions for all
MR-JE-A/B A wide spectrum of Mitsubishi Electric
MR-J4 series amplifiers is available, ranging in power from 100 W to 37 kW for 200 V
operation, and 600 W to 55 kW for 400 V
systems. With such a wide choice of types
and series users are sure to find the solution
they need.
Performance
With a speed frequency response of up to
2500 Hz Mitsubishi Electric servo systems
offer world class performance.
Vibration suppression
Machine performance is often limited by
mechanical constraints. The built-in vibration suppression of Mitsubishi Electric’s
amplifiers overcome some of these limitations through precise control, reducing the
effect of micro vibrations at the pulse point,
helping users to get better more reliable
machine performance. This function suppresses not only residual vibrations of the
machine but also at the end of an arm.
„One-Touch-Tuning“
Featuring the most advanced concentrated
winding techniques and the latest technology, Mitsubishi Electric servomotors are
among the most compact on the market.
200 V, 0.1–3 kW
A wide range of powerful amplifiers
Motors are available in a range of options
from 50 W to 110 kW in different designs,
including specialised motors such as hollow
shaft and pancake designs that suit most
application needs.
Moreover, Mitsubishi Electric’s low, ultra-low
and medium inertia motor designs allow
users to select the best motor characteristics
for their application.
Motion controllers
Mitsubishi Electric offers a comprehensive
range of solutions for positioning tasks and
high-end motion control. Options include
simple pulse train positioning controllers
and dedicated motion cards. And for the
most complex applications there are dedicated MELSEC System Q motion CPUs. Users
are able to select the type and style of control they are most familiar with, making system construction fast and efficient.
The new one-touch tuning function minimises time consuming system adjustments
between machine and electronics by touching one button. Control parameters are optimised and resonance frequencies of the
machine and the mechanics are detected
and filtered. An individual adjustment of single applications is not needed. The result is a
vibration free, high precise und high speed
positioning process – only by one click.
27
Robots / Articulated arm / SCARA
Innovation in movement
BASIC talk
Programming a Mitsubishi Electric robot
arm is easier than most people think. The
programming language is a BASIC-like
structure with commands reflecting the
requested action. For example, the command MOV means “move”, HCLOSE means
“hand close”. Furthermore, all Mitsubishi
Electric robots are programmed using the
same language, reducing the user’s learning curve.
Making life easy
With the software RT ToolBox2 all robot
models are programmable in a quick and
easy way. Imported 3D CAD data, program
variables and robot simulations can easily
be displayed on the graphical surface of the
programming software RT Toolbox2.
High speed, high accuracy pick and place applications
Robots are already widely accepted as a
cost-effective solution for high-speed, highaccuracy pick-and-place applications as well
as some basic assembly tasks.
€ 1.65/hr
Robot usage can vary widely but an average
application over a typical 7-year life cycle
can cost as little as € 1.65 per hour to purchase and operate.
Powerful software helps you get the most out of your
robot application.
28
This leading edge software allows a robot
application to be programmed and its
operation simulated before the hardware
is purchased. This makes system design and
building quicker and easier. Moreover, it can
identify potential hazards before robot integration begins.
Advanced control
as standard
All Mitsubishi Electric robot controllers are
shipped with the full control software as
standard. This means users do not need to
buy additional task- driven software modules at a later date.
Robots / Articulated arm / SCARA
Task driven
Thoughtful design
Articulated arm robots
Due to the new motors developed by
Mitsubishi Electric, the high arm rigidity
and the unique controller technology the
robots of the F series achieve the highest
speed in their class.
The range of the articulated-arm robots of
the RV series starts with the powerful compact class with a payload from 2 kg up to
the power pack with a payload of 20 kg.
These robots are also available as a long
arm version.
Ease of connection
Mitsubishi Electric robot arms feature a single connection point for power and pneumatics, making setup and commissioning
easier.
In addition, each robot has body- mounted
compressed air and signal connections
mounted locally to the gripper flange for
ease of use.
Standard gripper plates
All arm gripper mounting flanges are
designed and built in accordance with
ISO9409‑1, ensuring ease of connection to
the user’s choice of robot hand.
Extended axis
All MELFA robots can be mounted on an
additional linear axis to provide greater
reach and utilization of the robot arm.
Networked
Mitsubishi Electric’s robot controllers can be
embedded into larger automation cells by
using networks such as Ethernet, Profibus,
Profinet, Ethernet/IP and CC‑Link, keeping users in control at every step of their
process.
Higher handling weights and a larger movement area can be realised by the compact
and slim construction of the robot arm. The
standard protection class of IP67 allows the
operation of the robots in industries like
food, beverage and packaging.
SCARA robots
Mitsubishi Electric’s range of SCARA robots
divides into two categories. The small RPADH robots feature outstanding repeatability (+/- 0.005 mm) at very high speed,
making them ideal for micro assembly tasks
and the population and soldering of SMD
circuit boards.
The robots of the RH-FH series are suitable
ex factory for a multitude of industrial applications and can be adopted intersectoral.
A cycle time of only 0.29 s for the 12” cycle
ensures high precise and powerful operation for increasing productivity on-site. By
protection class IP54 and utilisation of lubrication grease suitable for use in food the
robots are capable of being fully integrated.
The wiring routed inside the robot and led
through at the ball screw end offers protection and safety.
Articulated-arm robots have pneumatic hoses and
signal connection lines which are routed inside the
robot. SCARA robots are particularly suitable for fast
palletising also on the fly.
RV-7FLM
V 7 LM
RV-2FB
RV
V2
2FB
B
RV-4FLM
R - F M
RV-7FLLM
R
RV
-7FLLM
F LM
RV-13FM
R - 3 M
RV-20FM
V 2 FM
RV-7FM
RV
V 7FM
7 M
RH
RH-3FH/6FH
H3
3FH/6FH
H6 H
RH-12FH/20FH
RH-12FH/20FH
R
2 H2 F
RH-3FHR
RH
R
-3FHR
F R
R
RH-1FHR
F R
RP-1/3/5ADH
RP
R
1/3/5ADH
/3/
3 5ADH
DH
The ideal robots for all applications with payloads of
up to 20 kg
Robot range
Range
RP
RH
RV
Type
SCARA
SCARA
Articulated arm
Weight class [kg]
Reach [mm]
1–5
1–20
2–20
236–453
350–1000
504–1503
29
Low Voltage Switchgears
Breakthrough technology
Innovation
Groundbreaking research and design has
resulted in innovative LV switchgear, providing users with greater quality, safety
and reliability. Today’s LV products feature
meticulously designed technology: even
the casing material used in the PA (Polymer Ablation type Auto-Puffer) provides
greater safety and high voltage breaking
performance.
Leading edge
Jet Pressure Trip (JPT) is an extension of the
PA concept, allowing switchgear to trip even
faster than a traditional magnetic solution.
This means that the switchgear can improve
its current- limiting performance and circuit
breaking reliability. Any connected devices
are then better protected, a major benefit
to users.
Groundbreaking research and design
Standards are at the centre of our product development.
30
Mitsubishi Electric has been active in the
low voltage (LV) switchgear market since
1933. Ever since Mitsubishi Electric developed and manufactured the first moulded
case circuit breakers, the company has been
committed to research and development in
this field, making it one of the world’s leading manufacturers of circuit breakers.
Other technologies such as ISTAC (Impulsive
Slot-Type Accelerator, used as a high-speed
arc-controlling technology) and developments in digital ETR (Electronic Trip Relay)
and VJC (Vapour Jet Control) all contribute
to making Mitsubishi Electric’s LV products
leading edge.
Global products
All LV products are designed to comply with
international standards such as IEC, UL/CSA,
and JIS.
Low Voltage Switchgears
A complete solution
Mitsubishi Electric offers a complete solution for line and load side distribution, ranging from air circuit breakers to moulded case
breakers and magnetic contactors.
Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs)
These compact Super AE units come in a
broad spectrum of performance categories
from 1,000 to 6,300 Amps. The basic unit
is available as a fixed or “draw out” design,
which can be augmented with options for
enhanced overload control, network and
energy consumption.
Thanks to these features Mitsubishi Electric’s
ACBs provide users with the flexibility to
meet most applications.
M
oulded Case Circuit Breakers
(MCCBs)
Mitsubishi Electric’s MCCBs of the World
Super Series (WSS) provide protection across the current range from 3 to
1,600 Amps. Each unit is available in a fixed
or slot–in design and has a range of additional options such as electronic trips.
Magnetic Contactors, Thermal
Overload Relays, Contactor Relays
The MS-N range of LV switchgear is a reliable and customizable solution for load side
connection. The MS-N range is made up of
magnetic contactors, thermal overload
relays and contactor relays.
Virtually maintenance free low voltage switchgears
The MS-N units can be customised with a
wide range of options, including thermal
overload relays, time delay modules, auxiliary contacts and trip indicators to suit the
user’s specific needs.
NF630-SEW
AE2000-SWA
MS-N22
MS-N06
Advanced low voltage technology
These space-efficient products are up to
25 % smaller than similar units. In addition
the MS-N range has enhanced performance.
For example, the magnetic contactors withstand voltage drops of up to 35 % while still
ensuring reliable operation.
31
Application solutions
Where have Mitsubishi Electric
products been used?
C
onstruction
– Steel bridge manufacturing
– Tunnel boring systems
F ood and drink
– Bread manufacturing
(mixing/baking)
– Food processing
(washing/sorting/slicing/packaging)
L eisure
– Multiplex cinema projection
– Animated mechatronics
(museums/theme parks)
M
edical
– Respiration machine testing
– Sterilization
P
harmaceutical/chemical
– Dosing control
– Pollution measurement systems
– Cryogenic freezing
– Gas chromatography
– Packaging
P
lastics
– Plastic welding systems
– Energy management systems for
injection molding machines
– Loading/unloading machines
– Blow molding test machines
– Injection molding machines
Automotive control solutions
Automotive
Customer applications with Mitsubishi
Electric products have been wide spread
from critical applications in pharmaceutical industries to sublime applications in the
leisure industry.
Here are just a few examples of applications
that customers have completed in the past:
Remote management solutions include SCADA,
Networking, Telemetry and Industrial Modems.
A
griculture
– Plant watering systems
– Plant handling systems
– Sawmill (wood)
B
uilding management
– Smoke detection monitoring
– Ventilation and temperature
control
– Lift (elevator) control
– Automated revolving doors
– Telephone management
– Energy management
– Swimming pool management
32
P
rinting
T extiles
T ransportation
– Sanitation on passenger ships
– Sanitation on rail rolling stock
– Fire tender pump management
– Waste disposal truck management
U
tilities
– Waste water disposal
– Fresh water pumping
– Clarification plants
All Product Ranges
Technical Information Section
More information?
The catalogue at hand is designed to give an overview of the extensive product range of Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V., Factory Automation.
If you cannot find the information you require in this catalogue, there are a number of ways you can get further details on configuration and technical
issues, pricing and availability.
For technical issues visit the https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com website. Our website provides a simple and fast way of accessing further technical data and
up to the minute details on our products and services. Manuals and catalogues are available in several different languages and can be downloaded for free.
For technical, configuration, pricing and availability issues contact our distributors and partners. Mitsubishi Electric partners and distributors are only too
happy to help answer your technical questions or help with configuration building. For a list of Mitsubishi Electric partners please see the back of this
catalogue or alternatively take a look at the “contact us” section of our website.
About this technical information section
This section is a guide to the range of products available. For detailed configuration rules, system building, installation and configuration the associated
product manuals must be read. You must satisfy yourself that any system you design with the products in this catalogue is fit for purpose, meets your
requires and conforms to the product configuration rules as defined in the product manuals.
© Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V., Factory Automation – European Business Group
The products of Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V., that are listed and described in this document, are neither subject to approval for
export nor subject to the Dual-Use List.
2
Contents
Overview
1
SOFTWARE4
1
2
NETWORKS8
2
3
REMOTE I/O MODULES
13
3
4
MODULAR PLCs
20
MELSEC iQ-R series
22
MELSEC System Q
26
MELSEC L series
36
5
COMPACT PLCs
40
6
6
HMIs54
7
7
FREQUENCY INVERTERS
59
8
8
SERVO AND MOTION SYSTEMS
74
9
ROBOTS87
10LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH GEARS 91
11MES SOLUTIONS
97
12POWER SUPPLIES
99
Index
Mitsubishi Electric Internet Portal
4
5
9
10
11
12
100
102
3
Software
Our MELSOFT suite embodies a wide range of
software to optimise your plant productivity:
from visualisation and control systems to historic
and downtime monitoring capabilities. A core
design feature of our software is that it is scalable. It is a well accepted truism that one solution
rarely fits all, so within each application category
there are a range of products offering different
levels of functionality and connectivity designed
to meet your individual needs. All products are
based on Microsoft standards (OPC etc), giving
you a broad range of connectivity options and a
familiar interface. The MELSOFT suite consists of
three main areas:
Software
1
zz Visualisation. This type of software is aimed
at monitoring and controlling your automation processes.
zz Programming. Our extensive range of
programming software enables users to write
their own PLC code for their application. We
have software solutions for each of the following products groups; Servos, Inverters, Logic
Blocks, PLCs, HMIs and Networking.
zz Communication. Our communication
software is designed to integrate our products
with common third party software packages.
This provides you with the reliability and quality of Mitsubishi Electric hardware, combined
with the familiarity of software packages/tools
such as Microsoft Excel, ActiveX and OPC.
Unified engineering environment: iQ Works
iQ Works integrates the functions necessary to manage every part of the system cycle.
System design
Programming
Test and startup
Operation and maintenance
The intuitive system configuration
diagram allows for the graphic
assembly of systems, centralized
management of disparate projects
and batch configuration of the
entire control system.
Use system labels to seamlessly
share device data between GOTs,
PLCs and motion controllers. Save
the time and hassle of changing
device values in each program by
using the update system labels
feature.
Debug and optimize programs
using the simulation functions.
Use the included diagnostics and
monitoring functions to quickly
identify the source of errors.
Speed up the process of commissioning, configuring and updating
the system by using the batch read
feature. Virtually eliminate the
confusion associated with system
management.
MELSOFT Navigator
– is the heart of iQ Works. It enables the effortless design of entire upper-level systems and seamlessly integrates the other MELSOFT programs included with iQ Works. Functions such as system
configuration design, batch parameter setting, system labels and batch read all help to reduce TCO.
MELSOFT GX Works2/GX Works3
– represents the next generation in MELSOFT PLC maintenance and programming software, with
improvements made throughout to increase productivity and drive down engineering costs.
MELSOFT MT Works2
– is a comprehensive motion CPU maintenance and program design tool. Its many useful functions,
such as intuitive settings, graphical programming and digital oscilloscope, simulator, different Motion
OS support, assistance help, to reduce the MT Works2 associated with motion systems.
MELSOFT GT Works3
– is a complete HMI programming, screen creation and maintenance program. In order to reduce
the labor required to create detailed and impressive applications, the software’s functionality has
been built around the concepts of ease of use, simplifications (without sacrificing functionality) and
elegance (in design and screen graphics).
4
Software
PLC programming
GX Works2/GX Works3/GX Works2 FX
Programming
GX Works2
GX Works3
GX Works2 FX
FX
P
work and support the user. GX Works2 FX has
the same functionality as GX Works2 but just for
FX PLC´s.
iQ-F
MELSEC series
iQ-R
P
P
1
Software
GX Works2 supports all MELSEC PLCs (except
MELSEC iQ-R/iQ-F), while GX Works3 supports
the MELSEC iQ-R and iQ-F series and offers
numerous functions to faciliate programming
Q
P
L
P
P
GX Configurator DP
GX Configurator DP is a setup and configuration
software for Profibus DP networks. It can be
used to configure Mitsubishi Electric Profibus DP
master and all slave modules including inverters and HMI’s as well as other manufacturers
products.
GX Configurator PN is the configuration tool for
Profinet I/O modules. This software offers functions for the configuration of the Profinet I/O
network, testing the configuration and transfer
of the settings to the Profinet module.
The original visual based function block programming software for logic controllers. Easy to
use Windows based software that requires no
prior experience or training by the user.
Program elements are placed on screen, with
inputs on the left and outputs on the right and
the function blocks in the middle.
GX Configurator PN
ALPHA – ALVLS (AL-PCS/WIN)
5
Software
Programming of drive systems
MT Works2
1
Software
MT Works2 is an integral start-up software used
to structure and configure a system for MELSEC
System Q motion and iQ-R series controller
applications.
MR Configurator2
MR Configurator2 is a user-friendly software
for easy setup, tuning and operation of the
­MELSERVO servo systems. Tuning, monitor
display, diagnosis, reading/writing parameters,
and test operations are easily performed on a
personal computer. This start-up support tool
achieves a stable machine system, optimum
control, and short setup time.
FX Configurator FP is a special configurator tool
for the FX3U PLC SSCNETIII positioning module.
This software reduces programming and setup
time for any level of positioning application.
FR Configurator and FR Configurator 2 are
powerful frequency inverter configuration
and management tools. It runs in Windows
making it possible to manage your inverters
with a standard PC. It allows the inverters to be
monitored and the parameters to be configured,
providing a user friendly environment to control
single or multiple inverters.
FX Configurator FP
FR Configurator/FR Configurator2
6
Software
Visualisation software – HMI programming
GT Works3
1
GT SoftGOT2000 as well as the simulation tool
GT Simulator and a converter for already existing projects.
The RT ToolBox2 software helps you to program
all MELFA robots and manage your projects.
A intuitive user interface makes projects easy to
understand and organise, even for beginners.
RT ToolBox2 is also available with a simulator that enables you to simulate your robot
program and calculate the expected work cycle
times before you have built up your application.
MX Sheet
MX OPC Server
MX Component
MX Sheet enables users to gather data from
their PLC and analyse it using the familiar tools
and functions of Excel. MX Sheet can analyse
and display real-time data in tables, graphs and
charts as it happens.
The MX OPC Server is a Mitsubishi Electric
I/O driver OPC Data Access (DA) and Alarm/
Events (AE) server that provides the interface
and communications protocol between a wide
range of Mitsubishi Electric hardware and your
process control software. Mitsubishi Electric
drivers incorporate OLE Automation technology
and OPC compliance to provide flexibility and
ease-of-use.
MX Component provides users with powerful
ActiveX controls that simplify the communication between a PC and PLC. Users to not have
to design complex communication protocols
and is ideal for implementing specific software
applications requiring PLC connectivity.
Software
With GT Works3 you will get a comprehensive tool for programming, maintenance
and screen creation. It is composed of the
software GT Designer3, GT SoftGOT1000 and
Robots programming
RT ToolBox2
PC data management
MX Component supports a wide variety of powerful and standardised programming languages
such as Visual C++ .NET, VBA and VB Script.
Life cycle engineering software
MAPS – Mitsubishi Electric Adroit Process Suite
The Mitsubishi Electric Adroit Process Suite
(MAPS) is a life-cycle software tool that offers
value along the entire value chain. It addresses
the shortcomings of most PLC SCADA integration tools in that it offers value to the engineering and integration phases. MAPS offers customers the ability to handle the normal extensions
and maintenance of any automation solution.
This single integrated package takes users
through all the phases of process design,
engineering design, control system design,
installation, commissioning, acceptance testing
and ongoing maintenance; helping to maintain
consistency and integrity within an automation
system, improving quality and reducing costs.
7
Networks
Networks
2
From simple stand alone systems and basic ASInterface networks to Ethernet based networks
and even Global networks based on Remote
Telemetry Technology, Mitsubishi Electric has
the answers. Here is an overview of some of the
networks Mitsubishi Electric provides:
Profinet
MELSECNET/H
Open industrial Ethernet standard for automation. Profinet uses TCP/IP and IT standards, is
capable of real-time Ethernet and allows the
integration of field bus systems.
For the systems that demand uncompromising
reliability and high speed performance, only a
dedicated network can deliver. MELSECNET/H
and it’s predecessor MELSECNET/10 use high
speed, redundant functionality to give deterministic delivery of large data volumes.
Modbus®/TCP, Modbus®/RTU
Ethernet
If you are looking for the widest possible set of
connectable technologies, Ethernet is unrivalled.
The ­Ethernet interface allows communication
via ­CC-Link IE Field, Profinet, Modbus®/TCP,
­EtherNet/IP and EtherCat.
The Modbus® protocol is a messaging structure
which is used to establish master-slave/clientserver communication between intelligent
devices. It is a de facto standard, truly open and
a widely used network protocol in the industrial
manufacturing environment.
CC-Link, CC-Link IE, CC-Link IE Field and
CC-Link Safety
DeviceNet™
If you need unparalleled ease of connection
between Mitsubishi Electric products or you are
looking for a single supplier for your control network needs, then CC-Link is the natural choice.
Profibus is one of the most widely used automation networks in Europe. It provides a wide
possible range of compatible devices while
delivering fast and robust communication.
Network
Ethernet
CC-Link
Profibus DP
Modbus®/RTU
DeviceNet™
AS-Interface
MELSECNET/H
SSCNETIII/H
CANopen
8
TCP/IP
CC-Link IE Field
CC-Link IE Control
Modbus®/TCP
Profinet
EtherNet/IP
EtherCat
Modular
V
V
V
V
V
—
—
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
DeviceNet™ is another widely accepted open
network type with a large variety of third party
products. This network type is particularly popular in North America.
The Actuator Sensor Interface (AS-Interface) is
the international standard for the lowest field
bus level. The network suits versatile demands,
as it’s very flexible and easy to install. It is usually
used to control sensors, actuators, I/O units and
gateways.
PLC
Compact
V
V
—
V
—
—
—
V
V
V
V
—
—
V
V
Mitsubishi Electric’s SSCNET (Servo System Controller Network) is a dedicated motion controller
network ensuring maximum control and flexibility for motion systems under all conditions.
The motion controllers and servo amplifiers can
be linked via the SSCNET network.
AS-Interface (Actuator Sensor Interface)
Profibus DP
SSCNETIII/H
ALPHA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
V
—
—
—
CANopen
CANopen is an “open” implementation of the
Controller Area Network (CAN), which is defined
in the EN50325-4 standard. It was developed by
members of the CAN in Automation international users and manufacturers group.
HMI
Inverter
Servo
Breaker
Robot
V
V
V
V
—
—
—
V
—
V
—
—
V
—
—
V
V
—
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
—
—
V
V
—
—
—
—
—
—
V
V
—
—
—
—
—
V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
V
V
V
—
—
—
—
—
V
—
—
—
V
V
—
V
V
—
—
—
—
V
—
Networks
Typical distributed control structure
GOT
2
TCP/IP ETHERNET
Networks
Safety PLC
System Q
I/O module
CC-Link IE
MELSECNET/10/H
System Q
System Q
System Q
System Q
FX
1
MODBUS
System Q
System Q
System Q
1
CC-LINK
1
System Q
/10
MELSECNET/10/H
1
C LP A
System Q
1
System Q
System Q
FX
1
CC-LINK
1
ork
CC-Link IE Field Netw
ork
CC-Link IE Motion Netw
SSCNET III
CANopen
DP
S/DP
PROFIBUS
FX
DeviceNet
System Q
M
System Q
1
1
1
M
AS-Interface
P R O F
I
PROCESS FIELD BUS
M
B U S
M
CC-Link, CC-Link IE Control, CC-Link IE Field and CC-Link Safety
Standard CC-Link modules
Series
MELSEC iQ-R series
MELSEC System Q
MELSEC L series
MELSEC FX series
PCI Express
PCI
Frequency inverters
HMI
Schalter
MELFA robots
CC-Link IE modules
Series
MELSEC iQ-R series
MELSEC System Q
MELSEC L series
Frequency inverters
HMI
Master/slave modules
RJ61BT11
QJ61BT11N
QS0J61BT12
L26CPU-BT
LJ61BT11
FX3U-16CCL-M
FX3U-64CCL
FX2N-32CCL
Q81BD-J61BT11
Q80BD-J61BT11N
FR-A7NC
FR-A7NC-Ekit-SC-E
FR-A8NC
A6CON-L5P
GT15-J61BT13
BIF-CC-W
2D-TZ576
Description
CC-Link master/local module
CC-Link master/local module
CC-Link Safety master module
CPU with integrated CC-Link master/local module
CC-Link master/local module
CC-Link master module
CC-Link local module on FX3
CC-Link local module
Master/local module for PCI Express bus
Master/local module for PCI/F PC master
CC-Link interface for FR-A700/FR-F700
CC-Link interface for FR-E700 SC
CC-Link interface for GOT1000
CC-Link interface for SUPER AE air circuit breakers
CC Link Interface for robot controller CR750-D
Art. no.
279572
154748
203209
238056
238099
248224
217915
102961
221859
200758
156778
239644
269431
168347
203494
168571
219063
Master/slave modules
RJ71GP21-SX
RJ71GF11-T2
QJ71GF11-T2
QS0J71GF11-T2
QJ71GP21-SX
QJ71GP21S-SX
Q80BD-J71GP21-SX
Q80BD-J71GP21S-SX
Q81BD-J71GF11-T2
NZ2GF-ETB
LJ71GF11-T2
LJ72GF15-T2
FR-A7NCE
FR-A8NCE
GT15-J71GP23-SX
GT15-J71GF13-T2
Description
Control/normal station for CC-Link IE Control, 1 Gbps, fiber-optic cable
CC-Link IE Field master/local station, 1 Gbps
CC-Link IE Field master/slave modul, 1 Gbps, Cat5e
CC-Link IE Field master/local module
1 Gbps, master/slave module for FO GI
1 Gbps, master/slave module for FO GI with external voltage supply
1 Gbps, PCI PC card, master/slave for FO GI
1 Gbps, PCI PC card, master/slave for FO GI with external voltage supply
PCI PC card, master/local module
CC-Link IE Field network Ethernet adapter
CC-Link IE Field master/local module
CC-Link IE Field head module
Option card for integration of a FR-A700/FR-F700 into a CC-Link IE Field network
Option card for integration of a FR-A800/FR-F800* into a CC-Link IE Field network
GOT CC-Link IE interface for GT15/16 HMIs, 1 Gbps, fibre optic ring network
GT16/15 CC Link IE Field network module
Art. no.
279571
279569
236484
245177
208815
208816
208817
208818
253008
253007
246346
238100
244993
273102
218576
247574
CC-Link interface for FR-A800
* in preparation
9
Networks
Ethernet interface modules for various network protocols
Series
MELSEC iQ-R series
MELSEC System Q
Networks
2
MELSEC L series
MELSEC FX series
HMI
Frequency inverters
Modules
RJ71EN71
QJ71E71-100
QJ71E71-B2
QJ71E71-B5
QJ71MT91
NZ2EHG-T8
NZ2EHF-T8
LJ71E71-100
FX3U-ENET-ADP
FX3U-ENET
FX3U-ENET-P502
GT15-J71E71-100
FR-A7N-WiE
FR-A7N-ETH
A7NETH-2P
A8NEIP_2P
Description
Ethernet interface module, 1 Gbps, 100 Mbps, 10 Mbps, two interfaces, multi-network connectivity (Ethernet/CC-Link iE)
Ethernet interface module,100 Mbps,100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
Ethernet interface module, 10BASE2
Ethernet interface module, 10BASE5
Modbus®/TCP master and client 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Compact-sized industrial switching HUB equipped with 8 ports capable of 1000BASE-T
Compact-sized industrial switching HUB equipped with 8 ports capable of 100BASE-T
Ethernet interface module, 100 Mbps, 10 Mbps, 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Ethernet interface module, 10BASE-T
Ethernet interface module, 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
Ethernet interface module, 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T, Modbus®/TCP ready
Ethernet interface module, 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
WiFi Ethernet multi-protocol (Modbus®/TCP, EtherNet/IP, BACnet, MELSEC ABCSP according Modbus®/RTU) for FR-A700/FR-F700
Ethernet multi-protocol (Modbus®/TCP, EtherNet/IP, Profinet, BACnet according Modbus®/RTU) for FR-A700/FR-F700
Ethernet protocol (EtherNet/IP ProfiNet I/O, BacNet/IP, EtherCat, Modbus®/TCP&MC) for FR-A700/FR-F700/FR-E700
EtherNet/IP 2port interface for FR-A800/FR-F800*
Art. no.
279570
138327
129614
147287
155606
259221
259222
263072
157447
166086
225142
166309
264932
212369
283759
262950
Modules
ME1PN1FW-CCPU
A8NPRT_2P
2D-TZ535-PN-SET
Description
Profinet-Master-Modul
Profinet interface for FR-A800/FR-F800*, compliant to Profidrive
Profinet I/O interface for robot controller CR750-D
Art. no.
252935
262949
269546
Module
A8NECT_2P
Description
EtherNet/IP 2port interface for FR-A800/FR-F800*
Art. no.
284809
Master/slave modules
QJ71MB91
QJ71MT91
CPU-Module
FX3U-232ADP-MB
FX3U-485ADP-MB
FX3U-ENET-P502
BIF-MD-W
Description
Serial Modbus® interface master/slave module
Modbus®/TCP interface master/slave module for Ethernet
Built-in Modbus®/TCP functionality (master/slave)
Serial Modbus® RS232C interface master/slave module
Serial Modbus® RS485 interface master/slave module
Ethernet modul, 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T, Modbus®/TCP ready
Modbus® interface for SUPER AE air circuit breakers
Art. no.
167757
155603
—
165276
165277
225142
168573
Master/slave modules
QJ71DN91
FX2N-64DNET
FR-A7ND
FR-A7ND-Ekit-SC-E
FR-A8ND
Description
DeviceNet™ interface master/slave module
DeviceNet™ interface slave module
DeviceNet™ interface for FR-A700/FR-F700
DeviceNet™ interface for FR-E700 SC
DeviceNet™ interface for FR-A800
Art. no.
136390
131708
158525
239648
269432
* in preparation
Profinet
Series
MELSEC System Q
Frequency inverters
MELFA robots
* in preparation
EtherCat
Series
Frequency inverters
* in preparation
Modbus®/TCP, Modbus®/RTU
Series
MELSEC System Q
MELSEC L series
MELSEC FX series
Breaker
DeviceNetTM
Series
MELSEC System Q
MELSEC FX series
Frequency inverters
10
Networks
AS-Interface
Series
MELSEC System Q
ALPHA
Master/slave modules
QJ71AS92
AL2-ASI-BD
Description
AS-Interface module, version 2.11, dual network master
AS-Interface board for use with AL2-14MR or AL2-24MR
Art. no.
143531
142525
Profibus DP(V1)
Frequency inverters
Breaker
Slave I/O
Series
All PLC types
I/O bridge modules
Series
MELSEC FX series
MELFA robots
2
Modules
QJ71PB92V
ME1PB1-L
FX3U-64DP-M
Description
Profibus DP interface master module (DP V1/V2)
Profibus DP interface master module
Profibus DP interface master module for FX3U PLCs
Art. no.
165374
268527
166085
Modules
QJ71PB93D
ME2PB1-L
FX3U-32DP
A8NDPV1
FR-A8NP
FR-A7NP
FR-A7NP-Ekit-SC-E
FR-A7NP-Ekit-SC-E-01
BIF-PR-W
Description
Profibus DP slave module
Profibus DP slave module
Profibus DP slave module for FX3U PLCs
Profibus DPV1 interface for FR-A800, compliant to Profidrive, with D-sub connector
Profibus interface for FR-A800, only PPO support, compatible to FR-A7NP
Profibus interface for FR-A700/FR-F700
Profibus interface for FR-E700 SC
Profibus interface with D-sub connector for FR-E700/FR-E700 SC
Profibus interface for SUPER AE air circuit breakers
Art. no.
143545
278167
194214
262948
274514
158524
239646
273138
168572
Module
Description
ST series/STlite series
Modular input/output system for connection to Profibus DP
Modules
FX2N-32DP-IF
FX2N-32DP-IF-D
2D-TZ577
Description
Profibus remote I/O using FX2N I/O and special function modules; 240 V AC power supply
Profibus remote I/O using FX2N I/O and special function modules; 24 V DC power supply
Profibus DP-Schnittstelle für die Robotersteuerung CR750-D
Art. no.
145401
142763
218861
Modules
QJ71BR11
QJ71LP21GE
QJ71LP21-25
QJ71NT11B
Description
MELSECNET/H master/local, coaxial cable
MELSECNET/H master/local, GI 62.5/125 fibre optic cable
MELSECNET/H master/local, SI fibre optic cable
MELSECNET/H master/local, twisted pair
Art. no.
127592
138959
136391
221861
Modules
QJ72LP25-25
QJ72BR15
Description
MELSECNET/H remote I/O controller, SI fibre optic cable
MELSECNET/H remote I/O controller, coaxial cable
Art. no.
136392
136393
Modules
GT15-J71LP23-25
GT15-J71BR13
Description
MELSECNET/H communication unit, fiber-optic cable
MELSECNET/H communication unit, coaxial cable
Art. no.
229842
229843
Networks
Master modules
Series
MELSEC System Q
MELSEC L series
MELSEC FX series
Slave modules
Series
MELSEC System Q
MELSEC L series
MELSEC FX series
Art. no.
refer to page 15
and following
MELSECNET/H
Master, local station
Series
MELSEC System Q
Slave (remote E/A)
Series
MELSEC System Q
Normal station
Series
HMI
11
Networks
SSCNETIII/H
Series
MELSEC FX series
MELSEC iQ-F series
MELSEC L series
2
Networks
MELSEC System Q
Motion controller
Frequency inverters
Modules
FX3U-20SSC-H
FX5-40SSC-S
LD77MS2
LD77MS4
LD77MS16
QD77MS2
QD77MS4
QD77MS16
Q172DSCPU
Q173DSCPU
Description
FX3U positioning module, 2 axes (SSCNETIII)
MELSEC simple motion module, 4 axes
MELSEC simple motion module, 2 axes
MELSEC simple motion module, 4 axes
MELSEC simple motion module, 16 axes
MELSEC simple motion module, 2 axes
MELSEC simple motion module, 4 axes
MELSEC simple motion module, 16 axes
Motion controller, 16 axes
Motion controller, 32 axes
Q170MSCPU(-S1)
Stand alone motion controller, 16 axes
MR-MQ100
FR-A7NS
Singe axis motion controller, 1 axis (SSCNETIII)
SSCNETIII/H interface for FR-A700/FR-A800*
Art. no.
206189
281405
268199
268200
268201
248702
248703
248704
248700
248701
266524
(266535)
217705
191403
Modules
ME3CAN1-Q
ME3CAN1-L
FX3U-CAN
FR-A7NCA
Description
CANopen communication module
CANopen communication module
CANopen communication module
CANopen communication module for FR-A700
Art. no.
278799
283159
252845
191424
Modules
FR-A7NL
FR-A7NL-Ekit-SC-E
Description
Option card for integration of a FR-A700/FR-F700 into a LonWorks network
Option card for integration of a FR-E700 SC into a LonWorks network
Art. no.
156779
239645
Module
FR-A7N-XLT
Description
Multi-protocol for FR-A700/FR-F700; Siemens FLN and Metasys N2
Art. no.
208972
Module
FX3U-J1939
Description
Communication module for J1939 network
Art. no.
254276
* in preparation
CANopen
Series
MELSEC System Q
MELSEC L series
MELSEC FX series
Frequency inverters
LonWorks
Series
Frequency inverters
RS485 multi-protocol
Series
Frequency inverters
J1939 network
Series
MELSEC FX series
12
CC-Link/CC-Link IE Field remote modules
These remote modules are intended to be
installed near the control target. The advantages
are reduced cabling and the capability of acquiring data and operation results of individual
machine modules autonomously.
For wet environments six types of low profile
waterproof remote I/O modules with IP67 protection are available featuring Input, Output and
Combination modules.
zz Up to 64 I/O modules with a maximum of 32
inputs or 32 outputs each can be connected.
zz All modules have a very compact design
which is tough and highly shock-resistant.
zz Status indicator LEDs for the inputs
zz Standard electrical isolation between process
and control via optocouplers
zz Mounting with DIN rail adapters or screws
zz Modules can be mounted in horizontal
arrangement or in one of 4 orientations on a
flat surface.
zz Ready for use with all CC-Link master modules.
Product Range Module
AJ65BTB1-16D
AJ65BTB2-16D
AJ65SBTB1-8D
AJ65SBTB1-16D
AJ65SBTB3-16D
Digital in
AJ65SBTB1-16D1
AJ65SBTB1-32D1
AJ65SBTB1-32D
AJ65FBTA4-16D
AJ65FBTA4-16DE
AJ65BTB1-16T
AJ65BTB2-16R
AJ65SBTB1-8TE
AJ65SBTB2-8T1
AJ65SBTB1-16TE
AJ65SBTB1-32T
AJ65SBTB2N-8R
Digital out
AJ65SBTB2N-16R
AJ65SBTB1-16T1
AJ65SBTB1B-16TE1
AJ65SBTB1-32TE1
AJ65SBTB2N-16S
AJ65FBTA2-16T
AJ65FBTA2-16TE
AJ65BTB1-16DT
AJ65BTB2-16DT
AJ65BTB2-16DR
Combine
AJ65FBTA42-16DT
AJ65FBTA42-16DTE
AJ65SBTB1-32DT1
AJ65SBTB1-32DTE1
AJ65BT-64AD
AJ65BT-64RD3
AJ65BT-64RD4
Analog in
AJ65BT-68TD
AJ65SBT-64AD
AJ65SBT2B-64RD3
AJ65BT-64DAV
AJ65BT-64DAI
Analog out
AJ65SBT-62DA
AJ65SBT2B-64DA
Repeater
AJ65SBT-RPT
Type
Remote module
Compact remote module
Waterproof remote module
Remote module
Compact remote module
Waterproof remote module
Remote module
Waterproof remote module
Compact combined modules
Remote module
Compact remote module
Remote module
Compact remote module
Compact repeater
No. of input No. of output
16
—
16
—
8
—
16
—
16
—
16
—
32
—
32
—
16
—
16
—
—
16
—
16
—
8
—
8
—
16
—
32
—
8
—
16
—
16
—
16
—
32
—
16
—
16
—
16
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
4
—
4
—
4
—
8
—
4
—
4
—
—
4
—
4
—
2
—
4
—
—
Description
DC input (+COM/-COM)
DC input with 8 potential terminals (+COM/-COM)
DC input (+COM/-COM)
DC input (+COM/-COM)
DC input (+COM/-COM), 3-wire sensors
Fast DC input (+COM/-COM)
Fast DC input (+COM/-COM)
DC input (+COM/-COM)
Protection IP67, DC input (sink type)
Protection IP67, DC input (source type)
Transistor output, (sink type), 0.5 A
Relay output, 2 A
Transistor output (source type), short circuit proof, 0.1 A
Transistor output (sink type), 0.5 A
Transistor output (source type), 0.5 A
Transistor output (sink type), 0.5 A
Relay output, 2 A
Relay output, 2 A
Transistor output (sink type), 0.5A
Transistor output (source type), 0.1 A
Transistor output (source type), 0.1 A
Triac output, 0.6 A
Protection IP67, DC output (sink type), 0.5 A
Protection IP67, DC output (source type), 1 A
DC input (sink type), transistor output (sink type)
DC input with 16 potential terminals (sink type), transistor output (sink type)
DC input (source type), relay output
Protection IP67, DC output (sink type),DC input (sink type)
Protection IP67, DC output (source type), DC input (source type)
DC input (sink type), DC output (sink type), short circuit proof
DC input (source type), DC output (source type)
4-channel input, -10–+10 V, -20–+20 mA
4-channel input, for 3-wire-type Pt100 temperature sensors
4-channel input, for 4-wire-type Pt100 temperature sensors
8-channel thermocouple input
4-channel input, -10–+10 V, 0 A–+20 mA
4-channel input, for Pt100 with three-wire technology
4-channel voltage output, -10–+10 V
4-channel current output, 4–20 mA
2-channel voltage output, -10–+10 V, 0 A–20 mA
4-channel voltage output, -10–+10 V, 0 A–20 mA
Repeater allowing 'T' branching and network extension
Remote I/O Modules
3
Art. no.
75447
75450
104422
136026
151186
140144
140145
136025
137587
137588
75449
75453
129574
144062
129575
138957
140148
140149
163966
204679
204680
159954
150380
150381
75448
75452
75451
137589
137590
166822
204681
75444
88026
88027
88025
140146
221862
75446
75445
140147
221863
130353
13
Remote I/O Modules
Remote I/O Modules
3
High-speed counter
Data exchange with peripherals
Open control loop positioning
The high-speed counter modules acquire signals
at frequencies beyond the range of normal
digital input modules. Positioning tasks or
frequency measurements for example can be
performed.
These modules allow communication with
peripheral devices through a standard RS232C
interface. The peripherals are connected point
to point (1:1).
Locating the positioning unit near the servo/
mechanical system not only reduces cable costs
but also eliminates problems arising from noise
and cable losses.
Product range Module
AJ65BT-D62
Counter
AJ65BT-D62D
AJ65BT-D62D-S1
Interface
AJ65BT-R2N
Positioning
AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
NZ2GF2B1-16D
NZ2GF2B1-16T
NZ2GF2B1-16TE
NZ2EX2B1-16D
NZ2EX2B1-16T
I/O modules
NZ2EX2B1-16TE
NZ2GFCF-D62PD2
NZ2GF-CCB
Analog
modules
NZ2GF2B-60AD4
NZ2GF2B-60DA4
Type
Remote module
Remote module
Remote module
CC-Link IE Field network
remote I/O module
CC-Link IE Field network
extension I/O module
CC-Link IE Field network
remote I/O module
CC-Link IE Field to CC-Link
bridge module
CC-Link IE Field network analogdigital converter module
CC-Link IE Field network digitalanalog converter module
See also CC-Link Safety remote I/O modules, page 34
See also CC-Link Safety relays, page 35
14
Description
2 high-speed counter inputs, 5–24 V DC, up to 200 kHz
2 high-speed counter inputs, EIA standard RS422 connection, up to 400 kHz (low current consumption)
2 high-speed counter inputs, EIA standard RS422 connection, up to 400 kHz
Serial interface, RS232C (D-Sub, 9 pole), 1 channel
2 axes positioning module, pulse output, linear and circular interpolation
16 points input, 24 V DC (positive/negative common shared) 1-wire, terminal block type, response time 0–70 ms
16 points output, 12 to 24 V DC, 0.5 A/point, 4 A/common, transistor output (sink type) 1-wire, terminal block type
16 points output, 12 to 24 V DC, 0.5 A/point, 4 A/common, transistor output (source type) 1-wire, terminal block type
16 points input, 24 V DC (positive/negative common shared) 1-wire, terminal block type, response time 0–70ms
16 points output, 12 to 24 V DC, 0.5 A/point, 4 A/common, transistor output (sink type) 1-wire, terminal block type
16 points output, 12 to 24 V DC, 0.5 A/point, 4 A/common, transistor output (source type) 1-wire, terminal block type
Art. no.
88028
88029
88030
216545
88002
260472
260473
260474
260507
260508
260509
2 high-speed counter inputs, 5/24 V DC/Differential inputs, up to 8 MHz
266159
Allows the connection of a CC-Link network to a CC-Link IE network.
266160
4 channels voltage/current analog-digital converter module (analog input type)
260505
4 channels voltage/current digital-analog converter module (analog output type)
260506
Remote I/O Modules
The MELSEC STlite series – scalable I/O solutions for CC-Link, Profibus and Ethernet
Approved for a very wide range of applications,
the STlite series features excellent module
granularity and fieldbus-agnostic design,
making it ideally suited for the requirements of
today’s distributed fieldbus systems. The devices
are optimised for efficient processlevel communication, with scalable performance and high
integration density.
zz The range of potential applications is virtually
unlimited.
zz Reduces hardware and system overheads to
a minimum.
zz Simplifies handling and maximises efficiency.
Digital output modules (8 outputs)
Analog output modules
(4 outputs)
3
Remote I/O Modules
Digital input modules
(8 inputs)
The uncompromisingly modular architecture
of the system also extends to its support for a
wide range of fieldbus systems. You can install
different head stations for different protocols,
depending on the needs of your applications.
Head station
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply module
Analog input modules
(4 inputs)
End module
Optimised for real-life requirements
Module granularity:
Clear labelling:
Reliable:
zz 2, 4 or 8 channels in a single I/O module
zz Colour-coded group identification plate
brackets and terminal tags
zz Approvals for industrial and marine automation applications ensure a wide range of
deployment options – even in heavy-duty
environments.
Fieldbus-agnostic:
zz Head stations available for the leading
fieldbus protocols CC-Link, Profibus DP and
Ethernet
Safe investment:
zz Fieldbus node design enables easy switching
to new bus standards without changing the
bus modules.
Versatile:
zz Configuration options for digital/analog
inputs/outputs and special functions with
different voltages, powers and signals on
a single fieldbus node.
zz Automatic contacting for power and data
contacts
zz Pluggable connections with bus plug connector
zz CAGE CLAMP® spring terminals for input/output point connections
15
Remote I/O Modules
STlite series head stations
The head stations connect the STlite I/O systems
with the Profibus DP, CC-Link or Ethernet
fieldbus systems. Each head station recognises
all inserted I/O and special function modules
and generates a local process image from the
configuration.
Specifications
Number of I/O modules
STL-BT1
64
STL-PB1
64
Communication protocol
CC-Link-Standard
Profibus DP
STL-ETH1
64
Ethernet TCP/IP ECO,
Modbus®/TCP
input process
image
256 bytes
244 bytes
14 bytes digital, 2 bytes
system, 32 bytes analog
output process
image
256 bytes
244 bytes
64
96 with repeater
14 bytes digital, 2 bytes
system, 32 bytes analog
Limited by Ethernet
specification
242279
242281
Fieldbus
Number of addressable modules
Remote I/O Modules
3
Order information Accessories
Art. no. 242280
STL-CCLink con: Art. no. 242314
The fieldbus connector connects a CC-Link device to a CC-Link line.
Power supply modules
The power supply modules deliver power to the
bus terminals at the required voltages.
Specifications
Voltage supply
Input current Total current for I/O modules STL-PS
24 V DC (-25 %–+30 %)
max. —
mA —
Order information Art. no. 242311
Specifications
Order information STL-ET
Art. no. 242313
Bus end module
One of these end modules must be installed at
the end of each fieldbus node. The end module
terminates the internal terminals bus and
ensures reliable data communications.
Temperature input module
The analog temperature input module enables
direct connection of Pt100 resistance temperature sensors, with either a 2-wire or 3-wire cable.
Specifications
Module type
Number of input channels
Sensor types
Temperature measuring range
Resolution
Order information STL-TI2
Analog temperature input module
2
Pt100 and resistance measurement
-200–+850 °C (Pt100)
0.1 °C
Art. no. 242307
Incremental encoder input module
This module provides an interface for incremental encoders with an RS422 port. A counter with
a quadrature decoder and a null point signal
latch can be read and activated by the controller.
Specifications
Module type
Encoder connection
Counting range
Max. counting frequency
Order information 16
STL-ENC
Incremental Encoder Interface
3 input channels
32 bits binary
250 kHz
Art. no. 242308
STL-BPS
24 V DC (-25 %–+30 %)
500
2000
242312
Remote I/O Modules
Digital I/O modules
Digital input modules
The digital input modules have 8 channels. They
are used for inputting control signals from the
field, for example from sensors.
Digital output modules
Digital output modules are available with 4 or
8 outputs. They are used to send control signals
from the automation controller to the connected actuators.
Specifications
Module type
Integrated inputs
Order information Specifications
Module type
Integrated outputs
Order information STL-DI8-V1
Digital input module
8, source type, 1-conductor connection
STL-DI8-V2
Digital input module
8, source type, 1-conductor connection
Art. no. 242282
242283
STL-DO4
Digital output module
4, source type
Art. no. 242284
STL-DO8
Digital output module
8, source type
STL-RO2
Digital relay output module
2 contacts (normally open)
242295
242296
3
Remote I/O Modules
Digital relay output module
The relay output modules have two make contacts. The relays have floating contacts and are
actuated with the internal system voltage.
Analog I/O modules
Analog input modules
The analog input modules with current input
process standard 4–20 mA signals. The modules
with voltage inputs can handle standard ±10 V
or 0–10 V signals.
Analog output modules
The analog output modules with current
outputs generate standard 4–20 mA signals.
The modules with voltage outputs generate
standard ±10 V or 0–10 V signals.
Specifications
Module type
Number of input channels
Signal input
Order information Specifications
Module type
Number of output channels
Signal output
Order information STL-AD2-V
STL-AD2-I
Analoges Eingangsmodul
2
2
0–10 V
4–20 mA
Art. no. 242297
242298
STL-DA2-I
STL-DA2-V
Analoges Ausgangsmodul
2
2
4–20 mA
0–10 V
Art. no. 242302
242303
STL-AD4-V1
STL-AD4-V2
STL-AD4-I
4
±10 V
4
0–10 V
4
4–20 mA
242299
242300
242301
STL-DA4-V1
STL-DA4-V2
STL-DA4-I
4
0–10 V
4
±10 V
4
4–20 mA
242304
242305
242306
Up/Down counter module
This counter inputs binary 24V signals and
transmits the counter value to the installed bus
system. An input is used to switch between Up
and Down counting.
Specifications
Module type
Switching outputs
Counter inputs
Max. counting frequency
Order information STL-C100
Up/Down counter
2
1
100 kHz
Art. no. 242309
Interface module
The SSI transmitter interface module enables
direct connection of an SSI transmitter. To read
out the transmitter the module emits a clock
signal and represents the data flow as a data
word in the process image.
Specifications
Module type
Interface
Sensor connection
Order information STL-SSI
Transmitter interface
SSI
1 input/1 output channel
Art. no. 242310
17
Remote I/O Modules
The MELSEC ST series – premium product for process industry
System description
The ST series is designed as a modular input/
output system for connection to CC-Link and
Profibus DP. It comprises of:
zz basic module (head station and bus node for
CC-Link and Profibus DP)
zz power supply modules
zz digital and analog I/O modules
The extension modules are designed as a
2-component system, that means they consist
of electronic modules for the function and base
modules as modular backplane bus (available
with two types of terminals: spring clamp or
screw clamp terminals).
16pt digital
input module
Remote I/O Modules
3
They can be combined freely to provide an
efficient system configuration depending on
your demands.
The name „ST“ means „Slice-type Terminal“ and
comes from the physical appearance of the
very slim modules (12.6 mm). As well as slice
type modules, cost saving block modules with
16 inputs or outputs are also available.
Head station
16pt digital
output module
The electronic modules can be clipped easily
in the base modules without any tool. The
combined unit can then be mounted on a DIN
rail. Exchange of the electronic modules can be
made on-line, so the system keeps running. Rewiring is not needed.
Every electronic module provides LEDs for
quick and easy diagnostics and also additional
information. Error and status messages are also
shown on the basic module.
1ch analog output module
2ch analog output module
Power supply module
2pt digital input module
Power supply module
4pt digital input module
2pt digital input module
2ch analog input modules
Power feeding module
2pt digital output module
Special features:
zz Connection diagram on every module
zz Quick diagnostics via LED´s
zz ST = Slice terminals, only 12.6 mm wide
zz Applicable wire size for all base modules
0.5–2.5 mm², flexible wire with ferrule or solid
core wire without ferrule
zz Distributed 24 V DC for actuators/sensors
zz Modular structure with no restriction on
installation position
zz Easy and complete handling via 3 push
­buttons
zz Gold contacts for all bus and signal connections
zz Expandable in two-point increments
zz Electronic modules are coded to prevent an
incorrect unit being inserted
zz Replaceable electronic modules
zz Easy parameter setting with GX Configurator DP
zz Hot swap function without re-wiring
Basic modules (head stations) of the MELSEC ST series
The basic module ST1H-PB connects the remote
I/O modules of the ST series to CC-Link and
Profibus DP.
Specifications
Occupied I/O points
ST1H-BT
4 inputs/4 outputs
protocol
CC-Link standard
Communications
medium
CC-Link cable
Interfacetype CC-Link
Supported operation modes
Remote station (1–4)
ST1H-PB
4/4
Profibus DP
Shielded 2-wire
RS485
Sync mode, freeze mode
Order information 152951
Art. no. 214496
Bus power for head station and power feeding module
You need one ST1PSD beside the basic module
to operate the ST station, a second or more are
only needed depending on the power consumption of the connected items.
The power feeding module ST1PDD distributes
24 V DC only for the I/Os of the actuators and
sensors.
Specifications
Module type
Nominal voltage
Max. output current (5 V DC)
Max. output current (24 V DC)
Order information Applicable base module for
basic module supply
Applicable base module for
bus refreshing within the station
18
ST1PSD
Power supply for head station,
internal 5 V DC backplane bus and 24 V DC
for I/Os (double function)
V DC 24.0
A 2.0
A 8 (10 with fuse)
Art. no. 152952
spring clamp type
screw clamp type
spring clamp type
screw clamp type
ST1B-S4P2-H-SET, art. no. 152908
ST1B-E4P2-H-SET, art. no. 152918
ST1B-S4P2-R-SET, art. no. 152909
ST1B-E4P2-R-SET, art. no. 152919
ST1PDD
Power feeding module
24.0
—
8 (10 with fuse)
152953
ST1B-S4P2-D, art. no. 152910
ST1B-E4P2-D, art. no. 152920
—
—
Remote I/O Modules
Digital I/O modules
Specifications
Number of input points
The digital input modules of the ST series
directly connect field devices (contacts, limit
switches, sensors, etc.).
Applicable base
module
Digital output modules
Connection cable type
The digital output modules of the ST series
connect directly to field devices (e.g. contactors,
valves, lights).
Order information The TPE3 models provide advanced protection functions e.g. for thermal and short circuit
failures.
spring clamp type
screw clamp type
ST1X4-DE1
4
ST1B-S6X4,
art. no. 152912
ST1B-E6X4,
art. no. 152922
Art. no. 152964
Specifications
Number of output points
Output type
Applicable base
module
ST1X2-DE1
2
ST1B-S4X2,
art. no. 152911
ST1B-E4X2,
art. no. 152921
3-wire 24 V DC
(with shield)
spring clamp type
screw clamp type
Connection cable type
Order information ST1Y2-TE2
2
Transistor
ST1B-S3Y2,
art. no.
152914
ST1B-E3Y2,
art. no.
152924
2-wire 24 V DC
with shield
Art. no. 152967
3-wire 24 V DC
ST1X16-DE1
16
ST1B-S4X16,
art. no. 152913
ST1B-E4X16,
art. no. 152923
3-wire 24 V DC
(with shield)
ST1X1616-DE1-S1
32
ST1B-S6X32,
art. no. 169313
ST1B-E6X32,
art. no. 169314
3-wire 24 V DC
(with shield)
152965
152966
169309
ST1Y16-TE2
16
Transistor
ST1B-S3Y16,
art. no.
152915
ST1B-E3Y16,
art. no.
152925
2-wire 24 V DC
with shield
ST1Y2-TE8
2
Transistor
ST1B-S3Y2,
art. no.
152914
ST1B-E3Y2,
art. no.
152924
2-wire 24 V DC
with shield
ST1Y2-TPE3
2
Transistor
ST1B-S3Y2,
art. no.
152914
ST1B-E3Y2,
art. no.
152924
2-wire 24 V DC
with shield
ST1Y16-TPE3
16
Transistor
ST1B-S3Y16,
art. no.
152915
ST1B-E3Y16,
art. no.
152925
2-wire 24 V DC
with shield
ST1Y2-R2
2
Relay
ST1B-S4IR2,
art. no.
152916
ST1B-E4IR2,
art. no.
152927
2 wires (internal connected)
152968
169408
152969
152970
152971
Analog I/O modules
Analog input modules
Specifications
ST1AD2-V
ST1AD2-I
The analog input modules of the ST series
convert analog process data like pressure, temperature, etc. into digital values that are sent to
the Profibus DP/CC-Link master.
Module type
Analog input module
Analog input module
Occupied I/O points
4/4
Signal input
Analog output modules
Resolution
Conversion speed
4/4
-10–+10 V, 0–+10 V,
0–5 V, 1–5 V
12 bit + sign
0.1 ms per channel
ST1B-S4IR2,
art. no. 152916
ST1B-E4IR2,
art. no. 152927
The analog output modules of the ST series convert the digital values sent from the Profibus DP/
CC-Link master into an analog voltage signal.
Analog temperature input modules
The analog temperature input modules of the
ST series convert analog temperature data into
digital values that are sent to the Profibus DP/
CC-Link master.
Applicable base
module
spring clamp type
screw clamp type
Order information Art. no. 152972
12 bit + sign
0.1 ms per channel
ST1B-S4IR2,
art. no. 152916
ST1B-E4IR2,
art. no. 152927
ST1TD2
Analog temperature
input module
4/4
Thermocouple input:
K, T, E, J, B, R, S or N
0.1–0.8 °C 1
30/60 ms per channel
ST1B-S4TD2,
art. no. 161736
ST1B-E4TD2,
art. no. 161737
152973
161734
0–20 mA, 4–20 mA
ST1RD2
Analog temperature
input module
4/4
Pt100, Pt1000
0.1 °C
80 ms per channel
ST1B-S4TD2,
art. no. 161736
ST1B-E4TD2,
art. no. 161737
169406
1 Depends on the thermocouple used
Specifications
ST1DA2-V/-F01
ST1DA1-I/-F01
Module type
Analog output module
Analog output module
Occupied I/O points
4/4
-10–+10 V, 0–+10 V, 0–5
V, 1–5 V
12 bit + sign
ST1B-S4IR2, art. no. 152916
ST1B-E4IR2, art. no. 152927
4/4
ST1SS1
Absolute encoder interface
with SSI (synchronal serial
interface)
4/4
0–20 mA, 4–20 mA
31 bit binary (0–2147483647)
12 bit + sign
ST1B-S4IR2, art. no. 152916
ST1B-E4IR2, art. no. 152927
2 to 31 bits
ST1B-S4IR2, art. no. 152916
ST1B-E4IR2, art. no. 152927
152976/217632
193660
Signal output range
Resolution
Applicable base
module
Order information spring clamp type
screw clamp type
Art. no. 152975/217631
19
3
Remote I/O Modules
Digital input modules
For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.
Modular PLCs – MELSEC iQ-R series, System Q and L series
Modular controllers like Mitsubishi Electric’s
MELSEC iQ-R series, System Q and the L series
are high-performance PLC systems with broad
functionality. The range, power and function of
these high-end PLCs is impressive, with operation times measured in nanoseconds.
Modular PLCs
4
The modular design allows flexible usage in a
broad range of applications. Additional backplanes can be added as the system expands.
Modular PLCs comprise a power supply, one
or more CPU modules and I/O and/or special
function modules.
Use of digital and special function modules
The use of digital and analog modules and most
special function modules is dependent only on
the maximum available number of addresses
and thus on the CPU used in each case.
The following modules are available for assembling the system:
Pulse catch and interrupt modules
Digital input/output modules
Digital input modules for pulse storage
and for processing subroutines.
For various signal levels with transistor,
relay or triac switches.
Analog input/output modules
Communications modules
Interface modules with RS232/RS422/
RS485 interface for connection of
peripherals or for PLC-PLC communi­cation.
Network modules
For interfacing with Ethernet, CC-Link,
CC-Link IE, Profibus DP/Profinet, Modbus®/
TCP/RTU, DeviceNet™, AS-Interface and
MELSEC networks.
For processing current/voltage
signals and for temperature value
acquisition as well as temperature
control with direct connection of
Pt100 resistance thermometers or
thermocouples. A HART enabled
module for current input is also
available for the MELSEC System Q.
Positioning modules
High-speed counter modules with possi­
bility for connection of incremental shaft
encoder or multiaxial positioning modules
for servo and step drives with up to 8 axes
per module.
iQ Platform
The iQ Equation
Mitsubishi Electric’s integrated control architecture is the world’s first automation platform
combining all key automation types on one
controller. No longer are valuable engineering resources spent trying to make different
systems from separate vendors work together.
With iQ, which includes the MELSEC iQ-R series
and System Q, Mitsubishi Electric takes care of
system integration. We provide an extensive
array of controller types that seamlessly operate
together on the same backplane.
= PLC
+Motion
The I/O range of the iQ Platform is 0 to 12,228.
1
+ CNC* 1 +Robot* + Process+
IT 1
 * Descripiton follows
MELSEC System Q only
1
20
Modular PLCs
POWER
CPU
I / 00
0
0
BASE UNIT
MODEL Q38B
017-A
SERIAL 0205020E0100
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
A
B
C
D
E
06
I / 04
I / 03
E.S.D
I / 02
I / 01
A
B
C
D
E
F
F
07
I / 05
Q38B(N)
0
1
2
3
L ER
4
P1
5
LINK
6
7
8
L ER
9
P1
A
LINK
B
C
D
E
F
MELSEC iQ-R series
MELSEC Sytem Q
MELSEC L series
4
MELSEC iQ-R series
The iQ Platform builds on the power of
­Mitsubishi Electric’s high performance programmable automation controller (PAC), complementing this with a broad range of control modules
and network interfaces.
Support for multiple CPUs on an iQ-R series
backplane is supported, enabling users to
develop vastly more complex and sophisticated automation applications from a single PAC
backplane.
The iQ-R series CPU offers dramatic improvements in performance, setting new benchmark standards for processing speed. At the
same time, the iQ-R series offers reductions in
development cost, maintenance cost and risk
of system failure, while providing an innovative
upgrade path that will enable users to take
advantage of ongoing developments through
software upgrades rather than hardware
upgrades.
zz Productivity – Improve productivity through
advanced performance/functionality
zz Scalability – offers Multi CPU solutions on a
single backplane
zz Connectivity – Seamless connectivity within
all levels of manufacturing
zz Engineering – Reducing development costs
through intuitive engineering
zz Compatibility – Compatible with most existing MELSEC System Q I/O
zz Security – Unauthorized access protection
across distributed control network
zz Maintenance – Reduce maintenance costs
and downtime utilizing easier maintenance
features
MELSEC System Q
MELSEC System Q has been designed to be at
the heart of your manufacturing process, as it
is at the heart of Mitsubishi Electric‘s component automation concept. It offers you total
integration of your control and communication
needs from a single platform – connecting your
automation with your business needs.
zz Communication – is a communication hub
connecting to fieldbus or data networks
including 100 Mbps Ethernet
zz Scalability – offers Multi CPU solutions on a
single backplane
zz MES and web server module for quick and
simple connectivity to the IT world
zz Redundancy options ranging from full redundant PLC hardware to redundant network
options improve uptime and productivity
zz Flexibility – solutions can combine 4 CPU
types as a seamless solution; PLC, Motion,
Robots, NC, PC and Process CPUs
MELSEC L series
The MELSEC L series is a powerful but compact
modular controller with many features built-in
to the CPU itself. The rack-free design promotes high system flexibility with minimum form
factor. Built-in Mini-B USB and Ethernet allow
for easy communication, along with a built-in
SD/SDHC memory slot for data logging and
memory storage, and built-in digital I/O for
simple high-speed counting and positioning
functions.
The high-performance version CPU also includes
a built-in CC-Link interface for Master/Local Station networking. This highly flexible architecture
makes the MELSEC L series ideal for both standalone and networked machines.
zz Built-in I/O features
zz Communication and networking capabilities
zz High-end 16-axis motion expansion possible
using SSCNETIII/H
zz Rack-free design
zz CPUs packed with comprehensive built-in
features/functions
zz Integrated data logging
21
Modular PLCs
R61P
POWER
MELSEC iQ-R Series
MELSEC iQ-R Series – What a system looks like
CPU module
Special function
module
Digital I/O module
Network module
Power supply module
0
Protective
cover for
removable
terminal block
POWER
1
2
3
L ER
4
P1
5
6
LINK
7
8
L ER
9
R61P
A
P1
B
LINK
C
D
E
4
Modular PLCs
F
&38
32:(5
Interface for extension unit
(under the transparent cover)
,
,
,
,
(6'
,
,
,
,
4%1
Base unit
SD memory card
USB interface
Ethernet interface
Backup battery
(slot on the lower side)
System structure
The CPU and modules are connected to a base
unit which has an internal bus connection for
high-speed communication between the individual modules and the CPUs. The power supply
module which supplies the voltage for the entire
system is also installed on this base unit.
The base units are available in different versions
with 5 to 12 module slots.
Each base unit can be supplemented by means
of an extension unit providing additional slots.
Up to seven extension bases can be connected
and a maximum of 64 modules installed at any
one time. An RQ extension base is also available,
ensuring compatibility with existing MELSEC
System Q modules.
For cabling larger systems and machines – e. g.
in a modular design – the use of remote I/O
modules offers additional communications
facilities
What you need
Base units
Main base units
The main base unit is used for mounting and connecting CPUs, power supply unit, input modules,
output modules and special function modules.
Extension base units
The extension base units are connected to the
main base unit by means of preassembled bus
cables. The RQ extension base units are for
MELSEC System Q modules.
22
Specifications
Slots for I/O modules
Slots for power supply modules
Order information Art. no. 279583
Specifications
Slots for I/O modules
Slots for power supply modules
Order information R35B
5
1
R65B
5
—
Art. no. 279590
R38B
8
1
R312B
12
1
279584
279585
R68B
8
—
R612B
12
—
RQ65B
5
—
RQ68B
8
—
RQ612B
128
—
279589
279588
279591
279586
279587
MELSEC iQ-R Series
POWER
R61P
SPEED
CH1
SD/RD
SPEED
R61P
Power supply
R120PCPU
Process CPU
R12CCPU-V
C Controller CPU
CH2
SD/RD
Power supply modules
Specifications
R61P
Input voltage
85–264 V AC
5 V DC
A 6.5
Rated output
current
24 V DC ±10 % A —
R62P
85–264 V AC
3.5
0.6
R63P
24 V DC
6.5
—
R64P
85–264 V AC
9
—
Order information 285507
279582
285508
Art. no. 279581
4
Modular PLCs
These units power all the modules on the backplane. The choice is dependent on the power
consumption of the individual modules (this is
especially important when using multiple CPUs).
CPU modules
The MELSEC iQ-R series includes a wide range of
programmable automation controllers capable
of catering to diversified automation control
needs.
PLC CPU modules
At the core of the MELSEC iQ-R series is a
programmable controller CPU. This CPU is the
heart of the control system and includes various
features for different applications. The most
common CPU is the programmable controller
CPU, into which various features are embedded,
enabling it to perform a wide range of control
tasks.
Process CPU modules
The MELSEC iQ-R process CPUs are designed
specifically for medium- to large-scale process
control systems requiring high-speed performance coupled with the handling of large PID
loops.
Motion CPU modules
The motion CPU module is a dedicated highprecision control CPU module, designed solely
for applications that require advanced motion
control such as positioning control, synchronous
control, and speed-torque control at a very high
accuracy. A motion system requires a motion
controller CPU, and a PLC CPU.
C Controller CPU
The C Controller module is part of the application-specific range in the MELSEC iQ-R series.
The multi-core ARM®-based controller preinstalled with VxWorks® Version 6.9, realizes the
simultaneous execution of programs, thereby
providing a robust and deterministic alternative
to computer based systems.
Specifications
I/O points
Memory capacity for PLC program
Order information Art. no. 279576
R08CPU
4096
80 k steps
(320 kByte)
R16CPU
4096
160 k steps
(640 kByte)
R32CPU
4096
320 k steps
(1280 kByte)
R120CPU
4096
1200 k steps
(4800 kByte)
279577
279578
279579
279580
NZ1MEM-2GBSD; 2 GB SD memory card;
NZ1MEM-4GBSD; 4 GB SDHC memory card;
NZ1MEM-8GBSD; 8 GB SDHC memory card;
NZ1MEM-16GBSD; 16 GB SDHC memory card;
NZ2MC-1MBS; 1 MB Extended SRAM cassette;
NZ2MC-2MBS; 2 MB Extended SRAM cassette;
NZ2MC-4MBS; 4 MB Extended SRAM cassette;
NZ2MC-8MBS; 8 MB Extended SRAM cassette;
Accessories
Specifications
I/O points
Data memory
Memory capacity
R04CPU
4096
40 k steps
(160 kByte)
for PLC program
Order information Specifications
Number of control axes
Interpolation functions
Programming language
Interfaces
Order information Specifications
Programming language
Memory
Communication interfaces
SD memory card slot
Order information R08PCPU
4096
5 MByte
80 k steps
(320 kByte)
Art. no. 285496
R16PCPU
4096
10 MByte
160 k steps
(640 kByte)
R32PCPU
4096
20 MByte
320 k steps
(1280 kByte)
R120PCPU
4096
40 MByte
1200 k steps
(4800 kByte)
285499
285500
285497
R16MTCPU
R32MTCPU
16
32
Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes, circular interpolation for 2 axes, helical interpolation for 3 axes
Motion SFC, dedicated instruction
SSCNETIII/H, PERIPHERAL I/F, SD memory card
Art. no. 280227
280288
R12CCPU-V
C++
Work RAM: 256 MB; ROM: 12 MB; Battery-backed-up RAM: 4 MB
110BASE-T/100BASE-TX (2 ch.), RS232 (1 ch.)
1 slot
Art. no. 285498
23
MELSEC iQ-R Series
V
+
V CH
I 1
I
S +
L
D V
+
V CH
I 2
I
S +
0
1
2
3
L
D V
+
V CH
I 3
I
S +
L
D V
+
V CH
4
I
I
S +
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
L
D A
G
B
C
D
E
F
RX42C4/RY40NT5P
Digital I/O modules
RH42C4NT2P
Combined I/O module
(FG)
V
+
C CH
O 1
M I
+
N
1
C V
+
C CH
O 2
M I
+
2
3
4
N
C V
5
+
C CH
O 3
M I
+
6
7
8
N
C V
9
+
10
C CH
O 4
M I
+
11
12
+
N
2
4 2
C
V
13
4
G
14
15
16
(FG)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
R60AD4/R60DA4
Analog I/O modules
16
17
17
18
18
Digital input and output modules
Modular PLCs
4
Digital I/O modules are the senses of the
automation system and provide an interface of
various processes to the controller.
I/O modules are available in a wide range of
densities (16-, 32- and 64-points) depending on
the I/O requirements and minimum use of space
in the control cabinet.
Terminal blocks are interchangeable with
MELSEC System Q I/O terminals and can save
on the cost of upgrading from existing control
systems.
Digital input modules
Specifications
Number of input channels
Rated input voltage
Order information RX10
RX40C7
16
16
100–120 V AC (50/60 Hz) 24 V DC
Art. no. 279546
Digital output modules
Specifications
Number of output channels
Output type
RY10R2
16
Relay
24 V DC/
240 V AC
Rated output voltage
Order information Art. no. 279550
Combined I/O modules
Specifications
Number of input channels
Rated input voltage
Number of output channels
Rated output voltage
Order information 279533
RX41C4
32
24 V DC
RX42C4
64
24 V DC
279534
279545
RY40NT5P RY41NT2P
16
32
Transistor (sink)
RY42NT2P
64
RY40PT5P RY41PT1P
16
32
Transistor (source)
RY42PT1P
64
12–24 V DC
12–24 V DC
12–24 V DC
12–24 V DC
12–24 V DC
12–24 V DC
279547
279548
279549
279551
279552
279553
RH42C4NT2P
32
24 V DC
32
12–24 V DC
Art. no. 279554
Analog input modules
MELSEC iQ-R series analog modules are the
interface between external anlaog signals and
the control system. Various modules are available to cover a wide range of requirements, such
as galvanic isolation, current, voltage and mixed
channel applications.
Specifications
Number of input channels
voltageV
Analog input
currentmA
Overall accuracy
Order information R60AD4
4
-10–+10
0–20
±0.3 % ,
±0.1 %
Art. no. 279556
R60ADV8
8
-10–+10
—
±0.3 % ,
±0.1 %
R60ADI8
8
—
0–20
±0.3 % ,
±0.1 %
R60AD8-G
8
-10–+10
0–20
R60AD16-G
16
-10–+10
0–20
±0.1 %
±0.1 %
279558
279561
285502
285501
R60DAV8
8
R60DAI8
8
Analog output modules
MELSEC iQ-R series analog output modules
reliably deliver accurate analog values. A variety
of modules (voltage, current, or mixed) are
available to cover a wide range of application
requirements, such as frequency inverters, valves
or slide valves.
Specifications
Number of output channels
Analog Output
Overall accuracy
Order information 24
R60DA4
4
-10 V DC–+10 V DC
(0 mA–+20 mA DC)
±0.3 % ,
±0.1 %
Art. no. 279557
R60DA8-G
8
V DC–+12 V DC
-10 V DC–+10 V DC 0 mA–+20 mA DC -12
(0 mA–+20 mA DC)
±0.3 % ,
±0.3 % ,
±0.1 %
±0.1 %
±0.1 %
R60DA16-G
16
-12 V DC–+12 V DC
(0 mA–+20 mA DC)
279560
285503
279559
285504
±0.1 %
MELSEC iQ-R Series
CH1
CH2
R60TD8-G
Analog module for temperature measurement
RD62P2
High-speed counter module
RJ71C24
Interface module
Analog modules for temperature measurement
Specifications
Number of input channels
Connectable thermocouple
Temperature measuring range
Order information R60RD8-G
8
type Pt100, JPt100, Ni100, Pt50
Depends on the temperature sensor used
Art. no. 285505
R60TD8-G
8
B, R, S, K, E, J, T, N
4
285506
Modular PLCs
Temperature sensors are connected directly to
these modules. They convert measured analog
values into16 or 32-bit signed binary temperature measurement values.
High-speed counter modules
The MELSEC iQ-R series counter modules are
capable of 200k pulse/s for the DC input type,
and 8M pulse/s for differential input. When
used with a high-accuracy incremental encoder,
positional tracking can also be realized.
Count input signal
The pulse measurement feature enables measuring of the pulse cycle.
Specifications
Number of counter input channels
RD62D2
2
phase
RD62P2
RD62P2E
2
2
1-phase-input (multiple of 1 or 2), CW/CCW input,
2-phase input (multiple of 1, 2 or 4)
signal levels
5/12/24 V DC (2–5 mA)
5/12/24 V DC (2–5 mA)
Max. counting speed
200 kHz
200 kHz
EIA Standard RS422-A
Differential line driver level
8 MHz
Order information Art. no. 279566
279568
279567
RJ71C24-R2
RS232-compliance
(D-Sub 9P female)
RS232-compliance
(D-Sub 9P female)
RJ71C24-R4
RS422/485-compliance
(2-piece terminal block)
RS422/485-compliance
(2-piece terminal block)
279574
279575
Interface modules
The serial communication modules enable serial
devices with up to 230.4 kbps transmission
speeds to be connected per channel. Communications protocols such as Modbus® are supported via the pre-defined protocol feature.
Specifications
channel 1
Interface type
channel 2
Order information RJ71C24
RS232-compliance
(D-Sub 9P female)
RS422/485-compliance
(2-piece terminal block)
Art. no. 279573
25
MELSEC System Q
MELSEC System Q – What a system looks like
CPU-module
Power supply module
Special function
module
Digital I/O module
Network module
Protective
cover for
removable
terminal block
Modular PLCs
4
Base unit
USB interface
Interface for extension unit
(under the transparent cover)
Ethernet/RS232 interfaces
Backup battery
(slot on the lower side)
Memory card
System structure
The CPU and modules are connected to a base
unit which has an internal bus connection for
communication between the individual modules and the CPUs. The power supply module
which supplies the voltage for the entire system
is also installed on this base unit.
Each base unit can be supplemented by means
of an extension unit providing additional slots.
If you wish to keep open the option of subsequent extension of your PLC or if you have free
slots on your base unit, you can insert dummy
modules in vacant module positions.
They serve to protect the free slots from soiling
or from mechanical effects and can also be used
for reserving I/O points.
For cabling larger systems and machines – e. g.
in a modular design – the use of remote I/O
modules offers additional communications
facilities.
The base units are available in 4 different versions with 3 to 12 module slots.
What you need
Base units
Main base units
The main base unit is used for mounting and
connecting CPUs, power supply unit, input
modules, output modules and special function
modules.
Specifications
Q32SB Q33B
Slots for I/O modules 2
3
Slots for power
1
1
supply modules
Q33SB
3
Q35B
5
Q35SB
5
Q35DB
5
Q38B
8
Q38DB* Q38RB
8
8
Q312B
12
Q312DB*
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
127586
147285
249091
127624
207608
157067
129566
207609
Order inf. Art. no. 147273 136369 147284
* These base units are required for the new iQ Platform motion, NC and robot CPUs.
Extension base units
The extension base units are connected to the
main base unit by means of pre-assembled bus
cables.
26
Specifications
Q52B
Slots for power
—
supply modules
Slots for I/O modules 2
Q55B
Q63B
Q65B
Q68B
Q68RB
Q612B
Q65WRB
QA1S51B
—
1
1
1
2
1
1
—
5
3
5
8
8
12
5
1
Order inf. Art. no. 140376
140377
136370
129572
129578
157066
129579
210163
249092
MELSEC System Q
Q61P-A2
Power supply module
Q06HCPU
High-performance PLC CPU
Q26UDEHCPU
Universal PLC CPU
Power supply modules
Specifications
Input voltage
Rated output 5 V DC
current
24 V DC ±10 %
Order information PLC CPU modules
Basic PLC CPUs
These CPUs were developed especially for applications where compact system configuration is
important.
With the high-performance CPUs fast processing
speed and expandability are the key features. Flexible system configuration that suits a wide range
of applications is possible due to a varied set of
functions and a well designed programming,
configuration and debugging environment.
Universal PLC CPUs
These universal PLC CPUs are the latest generation of modular CPUs for the MELSEC System Q
controller platform and they are the foundation
of the iQ Platform system. They can be combined with the motion, robot and NC CPUs to
configure scalable and highly flexible modular
automation systems.
Art. no. 190235
Q61P-D
100–
240 V AC
6
—
Q61SP
85–
264 V AC
2
—
Q62P
100–
240 V AC
3
0.6
Q63P
Q63RP
8.5
—
Q64PN
100–
240 V AC
8.5
—
Q64RP
100–
240 V AC
8.5
—
24 V DC
24 V DC
6
—
221860
147286
140379
136371
166091
217627
157065
The CPU modules of the MELSEC System Q are available as single and multi processor CPUs through
which they achieve a wide application range.
Specifications
I/O points
overall
Memory
capacity
max. for PLC program
Order information High-performance PLC CPUs
Q61P
85–
264 V AC
A 6
A —
Art. no. 138322
Specifications
I/O points
overall
Memory
capacity
max. for PLC program
Order information Q00JCPU
256/2048
58 kByte
8 k steps (32 kByte)
Q02CPU
4096/8192
≤32 MByte
28 k steps
(112 kByte)
Art. no. 132561
Q00CPU
1024/2048
94 kByte
8 k steps (32 kByte)
Q01CPU
1024/2048
94 kByte
14 k steps (56 kByte)
138323
138324
Q02HCPU
4096/8192
≤32 MByte
28 k steps
(112 kByte)
Q06HCPU
4096/8192
≤32 MByte
60 k steps
(240 kByte)
Q12HCPU
4096/8192
≤32 MByte
124 k steps
(496 kByte)
Q25HCPU
4096/8192
≤32 MByte
252 k steps
(1008 kByte)
127585
130216
130217
130218
Specifications
Q00UJCPU
Q00UCPU
Q01UCPU
Q02UCPU
I/O points
256/8192
10 k steps
(40 kByte)
1024/8192
10 k steps
(40 kByte)
1024/8192
15 k steps
(60 kByte)
2048/8192
20 k steps
(80 kByte)
Q03UDCPU,
Q03UDECPU
4096/8192
30 k steps
(120 kByte)
221576
221577
207604
207605, 217899
Memory capacity for PLC program
Order information Art. no. 221575
Specifications
I/O points
Memory capacity for PLC program
Order information Art. no. 207606, 217900
Specifications
I/O points
Memory capacity for PLC program
Order information Q04UDHCPU,
Q04UDEHCPU
4096/8192
40 k steps
(160 kByte)
Q20UDHCPU,
Q20UDEHCPU
4096/8192
200 k steps
(800 kByte)
Art. no. 221580, 221581
Q06UDHCPU,
Q06UDEHCPU
4096/8192
60 k steps
(240 kByte)
Q10UDHCPU,
Q10UDEHCPU
4096/8192
100 k steps
(400 kByte)
Q13UDHCPU,
Q13UDEHCPU
4096/8192
130 k steps
(520 kByte)
207607, 215808
221578, 221579
217619, 217901
Q26UDHCPU,
Q26UDEHCPU
4096/8192
260 k steps
(1040 kByte)
Q50UDEHCPU *
Q100UDEHCPU *
4096/8192
500 k steps
(2000 kByte)
4096/8192
1000 k steps
(4000 kByte)
217620, 217902
242368
242369
* is supported by GX Works2 only
Specifications
I/O points
Memory capacity for PLC program
Order information Accessories
Q03UDVCPU
4096/8192
30 k steps
(120 kByte)
Art. no. 266161
Q04UDVCPU
Q06UDVCPU
Q13UDVCPU
Q26UDVCPU
40 k steps
(160 kByte)
60 k steps
(240 kByte)
130 k steps
(520 kByte)
260 k steps
(1040 kByte)
266162
266163
266164
266165
Q4MCA-1MBS; 1 MB memory cassette for QmUDVCPU
Q4MCA-2MBS; 2 MB memory cassette for QmUDVCPU
Q4MCA-4MBS; 3 MB memory cassette for QmUDVCPU
Q4MCA-8MBS; 4 MB memory cassette for QmUDVCPU
Art. no. 266134;
Art. no. 266155;
Art. no. 266156
Art. no. 266157
27
4
Modular PLCs
These units power all the modules on the backplane. The choice is dependent on the power
consumption of the individual modules (this is
especially important when using multiple CPUs).
MELSEC System Q
Q24DHCCPU-V
Q12DCCPU-V
C Controller CPU
Q12PRHCPU
Redundant PLC CPU
Process CPU modules
Modular PLCs
4
The MELSEC System Q process CPU allows
flexible system design based on off-the-shelf
components, which reduces both initial and
implementation costs.
Specifications
I/O points
Memory capacity
The MELSEC Process Control system is best
suited for food manufacturing and chemical
plant applications.
Order information Redundant PLC CPU modules
Specifications
I/O points
Two PLC systems with the same configuration
can provide a hot standby system through automatic synchronisation of data. This is the key to
a redundant system and high availability. Down
time and costs for re-starting are also dramatically reduced. If the control system fails, the
standby system takes over without interruption
of the process.
Motion CPU modules
The high-speed dynamic motion CPU controls
and synchronises the connected servo amplifiers and servo motors. A motion system requires
a motion controller CPU, and a PLC CPU.
Memory capacity
overall
max. for PLC
program
Art. no. 218138
overall
max. for PLC
program
Order information The C Controller allows the integration and
programming of the MELSEC System Q automation platform with C++. Using the worldwide
established real time operating system VxWorks,
the realisation of complex tasks, communication
and protocols becomes very easy.
Specifications
I/O points, accessible axes
Interpolation functions
Programming language
Interfaces
Real I/O points (PX/PY)
The Q10WCPU uses the Microsoft Windows®
operating system and can be combined with
the power supplies, racks, I/O and special
modules from the MELSEC System Q. The CPU
module can be used in stand-alone mode or in
multi-CPU mode, in conjunction with PLC CPU
modules for example. This enables a seamless
connection between the process and the data
processing system.
Specifications
Programming language
Robot CPU (see Robots chapter)
NC CPU (please contact your nearest Mitsubishi
Electric distributor for more details)
28
Q25PHCPU
4096/8192
≤32 MByte
252 k steps
(1008 kByte)
218139
143529
143530
Q12PRHCPU
4096/8192
≤32 MByte
Q25PRHCPU
4096/8192
≤32 MByte
124 k steps (496 kByte)
252 k steps (1008 kByte)
Memory
Communication interfaces
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (2 ch.), USB (1 ch.)
CF card I/F
1 slot for a TYPE I card
(Max. 1 GB CF card is supported.)
Art. no. 260296
Specifications
CPU
Chip set
Processing frequency
Memory
Video
Interfaces
PC card slots
L1 cache
L2 cache
Main
157071
Q172DSCPU
Q173DSCPU
8192; 16
8192; 32
Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes, circular interpolation for 2 axes, helical interpolation for 3 axes
Motion SFC, dedicated instructions, software for conveyor assembly (SV13),
virtual mechanical support language (SV22)
SSCNETIII/H (USB, RS232C via PLC CPU)
SSCNETIII/H (USB, RS232C via PLC CPU)
256 (these I/Os can be allocated directly to the motion CPU)
Q24DHCCPU-V
C or C++
Standard ROM: 382 MB; Work RAM: 512 MB;
Battery-backed-up RAM: 5 MB
Order information iQ Platform CPUs
Q12PHCPU
4096/8192
≤32 MByte
124 k steps
(496 kByte)
Art. no. 248700
Order information PC CPU modules
Q06PHCPU
4096/8192
≤32 MByte
60 k steps
(240 kByte)
Art. no. 157070
Order information C Controller CPUs
Q02PHCPU
4096/8192
≤32 MByte
28 k steps
(112 kByte)
Q10WCPU-WI-E
PC CPU
248701
Q12DCCPU-V
Standard RAM: 3 MB; Work RAM: 128 MB;
Battery-backed-up RAM: 128 kB
RS232 (1 ch.), 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (2 ch.),
USB (1 ch.)
1 slot for a TYPE I card
(Max. 8 GB CF card is supported.)
221925
Q10WCPU-WI-E
Q10WCPU-WI-CFE
Intel® Atom™ Processor N450 1.66 GHz
Intel® ICH8M
GHz 1.66
Instruction 32 kB + data 24 kB
512 kB
1 GB
Analog-RGB, resolution 1400x1050 at 60 Hz (16 million colors)
Serial (RS232C), USB, keyboard/mouse, LAN, monitor
1 slot for CF memory card (type I)
Art. no. 252826
252827
MELSEC System Q
QY10
L
L
1
2
L
L
3
L
5
7
L
L
L
L
L
L
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
COM
NC
QX10
Digital input module
1
3
4
8
L
L
2
6
L
L
0
4
L
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
QY10
Digital output module
E
F
Q64AD2DA
Combined analog I/O module
Digital I/O modules
The MELSEC System Q output modules have
different switching elements for adaptation to
many control tasks.
Digital input modules
Specifications
Input points
Rated input voltage
Order inform.
Art. no. 129581
Specifications
Input points
Rated input voltage
Order inform.
QX28
QX40
8
16
100–240 V AC 24 V DC
(50/60 Hz)
QX40-TS
16
QX41
32
QX42
64
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
221838
136396
221839
132573
132574
132572
QX80
16
24 V DC
QX80-TS
16
24 V DC
QX81
32
24 V DC
QX82-S1
64
24 V DC
Art. no. 204678
127587
221840
129594
150837
Rated output voltage
QY10
16
Relay
24 V DC/
240 V AC
Art. no. 129605
Specifications
Output points
QY10-TS
16
QY18A
8
24 V DC/
240 V AC
221841
QY50
16
Transistor
(sink type)
12/24 V DC
Output type
Rated output voltage
Order inform.
QX10-TS
16
100–120 V AC
(50/60 Hz)
QX50
16
48 V DC
Digital output modules
Specifications
Output points
Output type
Order inform.
QX10
16
100–120 V AC
(50/60 Hz)
Art. no. 132578
4
Modular PLCs
Various input modules are available for converting digital process signals with different voltage
levels into the levels required by the PLC.
QY40P
QY40P-TS
16
16
Transistor (sink type)
QY41P
32
QY42P
64
24 V DC/
240 V AC
QY22
16
Triac
100–
240 V AC
12/24 V DC
12/24 V DC
12/24 V DC
12/24 V DC
136401
136402
132575
221842
132576
132577
QY68A
8
Transistor (sink/
source type)
5–24 V DC
QY80
16
Transistor
(source type)
12/24 V DC
QY80-TS
16
Transistor
(source type)
12/24 V DC
QY81P
32
Transistor
(source type)
12/24 V DC
QY82P
64
Transistor
(source type)
12/24 V DC
136403
127588
221843
129607
242366
Combined analog I/O module
With the analog input/output module
Q64AD2DA the user has a module that has both,
four analog inputs and two analog outputs.
Specifications
Input points
Analog input
voltageV
currentmA
Accuracy
Output points
Analog output
voltageV
currentmA
Accuracy
Order information Q64AD2DA
4
-10–+10
0–+20
±0.4 % (0–55 °C), ±0.1 % (20–30 °C)
2
-10–+10
0–+20
±0.3 % (0–55 °C), ±0.1 % (20–30 °C)
Art. no. 229238
29
MELSEC System Q
Q68CT
RUN
ALM
ERR.
C
H l
1
C
H l
2
C
H l
3
C
H l
4
C
H l
5
C
H l
6
C
H l
7
C
H l
8
NC
Q64AD/Q68AD-G
Analog input modules
Q62DA/Q66DA-G
Analog output modules
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
NC
Q68CT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Q68CT
Analog CT input module
Analog input modules
Modular PLCs
4
The analog input modules convert analog
process signals, for example pressure, flow or
fill level, linearly into digital values, which are
further processed by the Q CPU.
The analog input modules Q62AD-DGH,
Q64ADGH, Q66AD-DG and Q68AD-G are
designed for applications requiring high
­accuracy.
Specifications
Input points
voltageV
Analog
input
currentmA
Overall accuracy
Order inform. Q62AD-DGH Q64AD Q64ADH Q64AD-GH Q66AD-DG Q68AD-G
2
4
4
4
6
8
—
-10–+10 -10–+10 -10–+10 —
-10–+10
0–20/4– 0–20
4–20
0–20
0–20
0–20
20
±0.4
%
,
±0.2
%,
±0.05 %
±0.1 %
±0.1 % ±0.1 % ±0.05 % ±0.1 %
Art. no. 145036
129615
251331
143542
204676
204675
Q68ADV Q68ADI ME1AD8HAI-Q
8
8
8
-10–+10 —
0–+4
—
0–20
0–20
±0.4 % , ±0.4 % , ±0.15 %
±0.1 % ±0.1 %
129616
129617 229238
The functionality of a HART master station is
integrated in the ME1AD8HAI-Q.
Analog output modules
The analog output modules convert digital ­values predetermined by the CPU into
analog current or voltage signal. For example,
frequency inverters, valves or slide valves are
controlled by means of these signals.
The analog output module Q66DA-G is especially designed for applications requiring high
accuracy
Specifications
Output points
Q62DAN
2
-10 V DC–
+10 V DC
(0 mA–
+20 mA DC)
±0.1 %
Analog output
Overall accuracy
Order inform. Art. no. 200689
Q62DA-FG
2
-10 V DC–
+10 V DC
(0 mA–
+20 mA DC)
±0.1 %
Q64DAN
4
-10 V DC–
+10 V DC
(0 mA–
+20 mA DC)
±0.1 %
Q66DA-G
6
-12 V DC–
+12 V DC
(0 mA–
+22 mA DC)
±0.1 %
±0.1 %
±0.1 %
0.15 %
145037
200690
204677
200691
200692
236649
The analog output modules Q62DAN, Q64DAN,
Q68DAVN and Q68DAIN isolate the analog output channel from the external power supply.
The functionality of a HART master station is
integrated in the ME1DA6HAI-Q.
Analog CT input module
Up to eight current transformers can be connected directly to the analog CT input module
Q68CT. External signal converters are not
required anymore.
Specifications
Input points
Analog input (via CT sensor)
Overall accuracy
Order inform. 30
Q68CT
8
5/50/100/200/400/600 A AC
±0.5 %
Art. no. 145036
Q68DAVN
8
Q68DAIN
8
ME1DA6HAI-Q
6
-10 V DC–
+10 V DC
0 mA–
0/4 mA–
+20 mA DC +20 mA DC
MELSEC System Q
Q64RD
Analog module for
temperature measurement
ME1X16NA-Q
NAMUR input module
Q62HLC
Loop control module
Analog modules for temperature measurement
Specifications
Input channels
Q64RD
4
Q64RD-G
Q64TD
4
4
JPt100, K, E, J, T, B,
type Pt100, JPt100 Pt100,
Ni100Ω
R, S, N
Depends on the thermocouple used
Connectable thermocouple
Temperature measuring range
Order information Art. no. 137592
154749
137591
Q64TDV-GH
4
K, E, J, T, B,
R, S, N
Q68RD3-G
8
Pt100, JPt100,
Ni100Ω
Q68TD-G-H01/H02
8
143544
216482
216481/221582
K, E, J, T, B, R, S, N
Temperature control modules
These modules enable PID algorithm temperature control without placing any load on the PLC
CPU for the temperature control tasks.
Specifications
Control output
Q64TCRTN
type Transistor
Q64TCRTBWN
Transistor
channels per module/
4 channels per module 4broken
wire detection
Pt100 (-200–+600 °C), JPt100 (-200–+500 °C)
Inputs
Supported temperature sensors
Order information Art. no. 255456
255458
Q64TCTTN
Transistor
Q64TCTTBWN
Transistor
channels per module/
4 channels per module 4broken
wire detection
R, K, J, T, S, B, E, N, U, L, PL II, W5Re/W26Re
255455
255457
NAMUR input module
The ME1X16NA-Q is a digital input module for
connection of up to 16 NAMUR sensors.
In contrast to an ordinary binary sensor with
only two states (ON and OFF), a NAMUR sensor
can indicate four states: ON, OFF, wire break and
short circuit.
Specifications
Number of NAMUR inputs
Sensor voltage
(from internal power supply)
Order information ME1X16NA-Q
16
V DC 8.2
Art. no. 257846
Load cell input module
The load cell input module Q61LD can connect
load cells directly to MELSEC System Q programmable controllers. External signal converters are
no longer required.
Specifications
Analog input points (load cell output)
Resolution
Accuracy
Order information Q61LD
1
0–10 000
Nonlineality: within ±0.01 %/FS (Ambient temperature: 25 °C)
Art. no. 229237
Loop control module
The Q62HLC loop control module uses a continuous proportional PID control format, which
features a sampling period of 25 ms for highaccuracy, high-resolution thermocouple inputs,
microvoltage inputs, voltage inputs, current
inputs, and current outputs.
Specifications
Input points
Analog input
Supported thermocouples
Order information 4
Modular PLCs
These modules are designed to convert external
platinum temperature-measuring resistor input
values into16 or 32-bit signed binary temperature measurement values and scaling values.
Q62HLC
2
Thermocouple -200–+2300 °C, microvoltage -100–+100 mV,
voltage -10–+10 V, current 0–20 mA
K, J, T, S, R, N, E, B, PL II, W5re/W26Re
Art. no. 200693
31
MELSEC System Q
P1
P2
P3
P0
QJ71WS96
Web server module
QE81WH4W
Power measurement module
FG
QE8WH4VT
Voltage converter
High-speed counter modules
Modular PLCs
4
These counter modules detect high frequency
signals which cannot be handled by normal
input modules. For example, simple positioning tasks or frequency measurements can be
realised.
Specifications
Counter inputs
Max. counting frequency
I/O type
Order information QD62
2
kHz 200
sink
Art. no. 132579
QD62E
2
200
source
QD62D
2
500
differential
QD60P8-G
8
30
—
QD63P6
6
200
—
128949
132580
145038
213229
Web server module
The web server module QJ71WS96 enables the
remote control monitoring of MELSEC System Q.
Specifications
Module type
Communications method
Interfacetype
Order information QJ71WS96
Web server, FTP server/client
Ethernet: CSMA/CD
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Art. no. 147115
Power measurement modules
The power measurement modules QE81WH4W
and QE83WH4W detect the voltage and current
consumption of loads and calculate the power of
the absorbed and emitted energy.
Specifications
No. of measuring circuits
QE81WH4W
QE83WH4W
1
3
Current, voltage, frequency, current demand*, active power, active power demand*, power
factor, active energy (consumption, regenerative), reactive energy, energy consumption over
a specified time period
Measured items
Order information Art. no. 259456
259457
* “Demand” is the average movement within the specified time period.
Voltage converter
The voltage converter QE8WH4VT is required for
voltage input to a power measurement module
Q81WH4W or QE83WH4W.
Specifications
Phase wire system
Input voltage range
Frequency
Order information QE8WH4VT
3-phase (4-wire)
63.5/110 V to 277/480 V AC (cannot operate at less than 55/95 V AC)
50/60 Hz
Art. no. 259458
MES interface module
The MELSEC System Q MES module allows users
to interface their production control systems
directly to an MES database.
Specifications
Module type
Communications method
Interfacetype
Order information 32
QJ71MES96
MES interface module
Ethernet
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Art. no. 200698
MELSEC System Q
QD81DL96
High speed data logger module
QD65PD2
Multi-function counter/timer module
QI60
Interrupt module
High speed data logger module
Specifications
interface
Ethernet
data transmission rate
Number of mountable
CompactFlash cards
Order information QD81DL96
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
10BASE-T: 10 Mbps; 100BASE-TX: 100 Mbps
4
1
Modular PLCs
The high speed data logger module can log
programmable controller devices without using
a personal computer.
Art. no. 221934
Multi-function counter/timer module
Due to its high-speed counter inputs, PWM
outputs for control DC drives and the integrated
cam switching function with 8 outputs, the
QD65PD2 is well suited for high precision positioning tasks.
Specifications
Counter inputs
Max. counting frequency
Counting range
External digital input points
External digital output points
Order information QD65PD2
2
DC input 200 kHz, differential input 8 MHz
32 bits + sign (binary), -2147483648–+2147483647
6
8
Art. no. 245113
Interrupt module and high-speed inputs
The interrupt module QI60 is suitable for applications demanding quick responses.
Specifications
Input points
Rated input voltage
QI60
16
V DC 24 (sink type)
Order information Art. no. 136395
QX40H
16
24
QX70H
16
5
QX80H
16
24
QX90H
16
5
221844
221855
221856
221857
Interface modules
This module enables communication with
peripheral devices via a standard RS232 interface.
Specifications
The peripherals are connected point-to-point on
a 1:1 basis.
Interface type
Order information QJ71C24N
QJ71C24N-R2
channel 1
RS232 (9-pin Sub-D)
RS232 (9-pin Sub-D)
channel 2
RS422/RS485
(screw terminals)
Art. no. 149500
RS232 (9-pin Sub-D)
QJ71C24N-R4
RS422/RS485
(screw terminals)
RS422/RS485
(screw terminals)
QJ71MB91
RS422/RS485
(screw terminals)
149501
149502
167757
RS232 (9-pin Sub-D)
33
MELSEC System Q
MELSEC Safety PLC
Even with increasing productivity, the safety of
humans operating machinery and manufacturing facilities must still always have top priority.
The MELSEC System QS PLC is specially designed
for managing safety systems.
It is connected to safety devices like Emergency Stop switches and light curtains and has
extensive diagnostics functions that enable it to
reliably switch safety-critical outputs at the right
time to turn machines off in the event of danger.
The actual machinery (conveyor belts, robots
etc.) is still controlled by a conventional PLC.
Standard PLC
Safety PLC
Remote Safety I/O station
E-STOP switch
4
Robot
Power shut-off for
hazards (robot etc.)
Machine controller systems
Modular PLCs
Safety controller systems
CC-Link Safety
The CC-Link Safety network eliminates the complex wiring needed in conventional safety controller systems. The remote Safety I/O stations
are connected to the CC-Link master module in
the Safety PLC using standard CC-Link cables. In
the event of communications errors powerful and effective error identification routines
automatically switch off the outputs of both the
Safety PLC and the remote Safety I/O stations.
CC-Link Safety is also compatible with CC-Link.
This means you can also use standard CC-Link
I/O modules in a CC-Link Safety network for
those inputs and outputs that are not critical
for safety.
Engineering environment
Safety power supply module
Safety main base unit
CC-Link Safety
Safety CPU module
CC-Link Safety system remote I/O modules
Type
QS001CPU
QS034B-E
QS061P-A1
QS061P-A2
QS0J61BT12
QS0J65BTB2-12DT
QS0J65BTS2-8D
QS0J65BTS2-4T
QS0J71GF11-T2
34
CC-Link Safety system master module
Safety Controller Components
Safety PLC, 14 K steps program capacity
Safety base unit, accommodates power supply unit, CPU and up to 4 modules
Safety power supply unit, 100–120 V AC
Safety power supply unit, 200–240 V AC
CC-Link Safety master module
Safety remote I/O module, 8 dual safety inputs + 4 dual safety outputs
CC-Link Safety remote I/O module, 8 dual safety inputs
CC-Link Safety remote I/O module, 4 dual safety outputs
CC-Link Safety master module (local module)
MELSECNET/H module
CC-Link remote I/O module
Art. no.
203205
203206
203207
203208
203209
203210
217625
217626
245177
MELSEC System Q
Safety relais
Safety relay modules are the ideal solution for
applications where you don’t need a separate
Safety PLC. These modules are installed together
with the standard MELSEC System Q components on the same base unit, or in a CC-Link
network. This enables a normal PLC used as
a controller to also perform safety functions,
without the added cost of a separate safety
controller and without additional programming
and configuration.
CC-Link Connection
E-STOP switch
MELSEC System Q
Light curtain, E-STOP switch,
safety door switch etc.
Extended safety
relay module
Safety relay module
for CC-Link
Motor, contactor, drive
CC-Link
Q-bus Backplane Connection
MELSEC System Q
MELSEC System Q
Safety relay module
for Q-bus
Safety relay module
for Q-bus
4
Dedicated
extension cable
Extension modules
can be connected
Erweiterungskabel
Specifications
Module
QS90SR2SP-CC
QS90SR2SN-CC
QS90SR2SP-Q
QS90SR2SN-Q
QS90SR2SP-EX
QS90SR2SN-EX
For installation in a CC-Link station
Safety relay modules
For installation on a MELSEC System Q base unit
Extension modules
Can be connected to safety relay modules
Modular PLCs
Safety relay module
for Q-bus
Type
P-Type, 1 safety input, 1 safety output
N-Type, 1 safety input, 1 safety output
P-Type, 1 safety input, 1 safety output
N-Type, 1 safety input, 1 safety output
P-Type, 1 safety input, 1 safety output
N-Type, 1 safety input, 1 safety output
Art. no.
215801
215803
215799
215800
215804
215805
MELSEC WS Safety Controller
The MELSEC WS Safety Controller provides a cost
effective way to add a safety controller capability to individual machines, or smaller scale systems. Mitsubishi Electric is proud to announce
that the WS is a joint development with SICK
AG of Germany, an acknowledged leader in the
global machine safety industry. Its compact size
insures easy placement in most control cabinets,
without adding extra cost. Configuration saves
engineering time by using a graphical icon
based method, and program development and
certification is simplified by the use of safety
function blocks. For more complex needs, the
WS is also scalable by simply adding additional
I/O modules. Finally, integration with conventional control systems is easily achieved with the
CC-Link open network connection or Ethernet.
Function
CPU
Input module
Input/output modul
Output module
Communication module
Memory
Programming cable
Module
WS0-CPU000200
WS0-CPU130202
WS0-XTDI80202
WS0-XTIO84202
WS0-4RO4002
WS0-GETH00200
WS0-GCC100202
WS0-MPL000201
WS0-C20R2
E-STOP switch
Safety
door switch
Engineering
environment
Safety
Light curtain
or
RS232
Safety controller
GOT (coming soon)
Description
Program memory: 255 function blocks
Program memory: 255 function blocks; EFI (direct communication with SICK safety devices)
8 safety inputs
8 safety inputs; 4 safety outputs
4 safety relay outputs
Module for Ethernet communication
Module for CC-Link communication
Memory plug
Serial programming cable
Main power
Art. no.
230057
230058
230059
230060
230064
230063
235441
230061
230062
35
MELSEC L Series
MELSEC L Series – What a system looks like
Power supply module
Display module
Integrated I/Os
(optional)
CPU
Integrated CC-Link
network station*
I/O module
(optional)
End cover
Detachable screw
terminal block
Modular PLCs
4
Power input
terminals
CC-Link interface
USB interface
(under the cover)
Memory card slot
SD/SDH card
Ethernet interface
* High-performance CPU only
System structure
The MELSEC L series is a powerful but compact
modular controller with many features built-in
to the CPU itself. The rack-free design promotes
high system flexibility with minimum form
factor. By connecting various types of modules,
the system can be enhanced according to the
application. Up to 10 expansion modules can be
added per system configuration. As a baseless
structure is employed, the space of the control
panel can be used effectively without being
limited by the size of the base.
MELSEC L series controllers are all-in-one programmable controllers that have the following
functions built into the CPU module:
zz Built-in I/Os which are available via a 40-pin
high density connector supporting several
I/O options
zz 2 channels of high-speed counters up to
200 kHz
zz High-speed data logging to the SD memory
card
zz Positioning possibilities for two axes, also up
to 200 k pulses per second
zz Built-in Ethernet communication
zz CC-Link Ver. 2 Master/Slave interface (in the
high-performance CPU)
zz Full support in iQ Works and GX Works2
zz Modbus®/TCP functionality (Master/Slave)
What you need
CPU modules
The CPU modules are the heart of a MELSEC L series
system and contain a diverse range of control
functions. Every CPU comes with 24 points of
built-in I/Os.
Specifications
Number of I/O points
Program size (no. of steps)
Order information
L02SCPU/
L02SCPU-P
1024/8192*
20 k
Art. no. 263070/269668
L02CPU/
L02CPU-P
1024/8192*
20 k
L06CPU/
L06CPU-P
4096/8192*
60 k
L26CPU/
L26CPU-P
4096/8192*
260 k
L26CPU-BT/
L26CPU-PBT
4096/8192*
260 k
238057/244976
263068/**
263069/**
238056/244977
* number of points available on a program ** on request
Model name with “P”: source type digital output, model name without “P”: sink type digital output.
36
MELSEC L Series
L61P
Power supply module
LX40C6/LY10R2
Digital I/O modules
L60AD4/L60DA4
Analog I/O modules
Power supply modules
This provides 5 V DC power for all modules on
the back plane. There are two types of power
supplies available, the selection is dependent on
the available supply voltage.
Specifications
Input voltage
Rated output current (5 V DC)
L63P
24 V DC
5
Art. no. 238063
4
238064
Modular PLCs
Order information
L61P
100–240 V AC
A 5
Digital I/O modules
There is a wide selection of digital input and
output modules depending on the signal level,
sink or source designation and density of points
required. Modules are available in 16 point input
or output with screw terminals mounted on
the module, higher densities of 32 and 64 point
require a connector, cable and terminal block.
Digital input modules
Specifications
Number of input points
LX40C6
16
Rated input voltage
Order information
24 V DC
Art. no. 238085
Digital output modules
Specifications
Number of output points
Output type
Order information
LX41C4
32
255566
LY10R2
16
Relay
Art. no. 238088
Specifications
Number of output points
LY40NT5P
16
Transistor
(sink type)
Output type
Order information
LX10
16
100–120 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Art. no. 242167
LX42C4
64
24 V DC
LX28
8
100–240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
238086
255567
238087
24 V DC
LY18R2A
8
Relay
LY28S1A
8
Triac
LY20S6
16
Triac
279074
279075
255568
LY41NT1P
32
Transistor
(sink type)
LY42NT1P
64
Transistor
(sink type)
LY40PT5P
16
Transistor
(source type)
LY41PT1P
32
Transistor
(source type)
LY42PT1P
64
Transistor
(source type)
238089
238090
242168
242169
242170
Analog I/O modules
The analog input module converts analog
process signals, for example pressure, flow or
fill level, linearly into digital values, which are
further processed by the MELSEC L series CPU.
The analog output module converts digital
values predetermined by the CPU into analog
current or voltage signal.
Analog input modules
Specifications
Input points
Digital output
Max. resolution
voltage input
current input
Overall accuracy
Conversion speed
Order information
Art. no. 238091
Analog output modules
Specifications
Output points
Digital input
voltage input
Max. resolution
current input
Overall accuracy
Conversion speed
Order information
L60AD4
4
-20480–20479
(-32768–32767)*
200 µV
800 nA
±0.1 %
20 µs/channel
L60AD4-2GH
4
-32000–32000
(-32768–32767)*
125 µV
500 nA
±0.05 %
40 µs/2 channels
L60ADVL8
8
-16384–16383
(-32768–32767)*
500 µV
—
±0.2 %
1 ms/channel
L60ADIL8
8
-8192–8191
(-32768–32767)*
—
2000 nA
±0.2 %
1 ms/channel
263071
279071
279065
L60DA4
4
-20480–20479 (-32768–32767)*
200 µV
700 nA
±0.1 %
20 µs/channel
Art. no. 238092
* Value in brackets when using the scaling function
37
MELSEC L Series
ME1IOL6-L
24VDC
1,7A
L60TCTT4
Temperature control module
ME1IOL6-L
I/O-Link module
LD62
High-speed counter module
Analog input module for voltages, currents and temperatures
Modular PLCs
4
The multiple input module L60MD4-G can
measure voltages, currents and temperatures.
An input type can be selected for each channel
independently.
Specifications
Input points
voltage
current
Input
microvoltage
range
thermocouple
resistance thermometer
Conversion time
Order information
L60MD40-G
4
-10–10 V DC
0–20 mA DC
-100–100 mV DC
K, J, T, E, N, R, S, B, U, L, PLII, W5Re/W26Re
Pt1000, Pt100, JPt100, Pt50
50 ms/channel
Art. no. 245825
Temperature control modules
These modules apply the independent control
of temperatures. This relieves the CPU of the
PLC.
Specifications
Inputs
L60TCTT4
4 channels per module
Supported temperature sensors
Thermocouple
Order information
Art. no. 246347
L60TCRT4
4 channels per module
Pt100 resistance
thermometer
L60TCTT4BW *
4 channels per module
Thermocouple
L60TCRT4BW *
4 channels per module
Pt100 resistance
thermometer
246348
246349
246350
* Heating current monitoring to detect a defective or disconnected heater.
I/O-Link module
I/O-Link is an extension of conventional digital
inputs and outputs and allows the connection of
intelligent sensors and actuators to a PLC.
Specifications
No. of channels
Channel configuration
Order information
ME1IOL6-L
6
I/O-Link, digital output, digital input, disabled
Art. no. 245825
High-speed counter modules
The counter modules detect high-frequency
signals, which cannot be handled by normal
input modules.
Specifications
Counter inputs (channels)
phase
Count input signal
signal level
Max. counting frequency
kHz
Order information
38
LD62
LD62D
2
2
1-phase input (multiple of 1/2), CW/CCW, 2-phase input (multiple of 1/2/4)
5/12/24 V DC (2–5 mA)
EIA standard RS422A differential type line driver
200
500
Art. no. 238097
238098
MELSEC L Series
/(;%
287
LJ71C24
Interface module
L6ADP-R2
Serial communications adapter
L6EXB
Branch module
Interface modules
These modules enable communication with
peripheral devices via a standard serial interface.
Specifications
Interface type
LJ71C24
RS232-compliance (D-Sub 9P female)
RS422/485-compliance (2-piece terminal block)
Art. no. 238093
LJ71C24-R2
RS232-compliance (D-Sub 9P female)
RS232-compliance (D-Sub 9P female)
4
238094
Modular PLCs
Order information channel 1
channel 2
Serial communications adapter
The L6ADP-R2 provides a RS232 interface for
serial communication with the MELSEC L series
PLC.
Specifications
Application
Order information L6ADP-R2
Serial connection, e.g. GT10 Terminals
Art. no. 238059
Branch/extension module
Extension for MELSEC L series PLC
With a L6EXB branch module, which is connected to the CPU, and with up to two (L02CPU,
L02CP-P) or up to three extension modules
(­L26CPU-BT, L26CPUPBT), a PLC can be extended
to max. 30/40 modules.
Specifications
L6EXB [Branch module]
Internal power consumption (5 V DC) A 0.08
L6EXE [Extension module]
0.08
Order information 247226
Art. no. 247227
39
For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.
Compact PLCs
FX family
Micro PLCs have opened up the world of opportunities in Industrial Automation due to their
small size and low cost. Now many applications
that were never previously considered can
benefit – from barriers to security systems and a
host of others. The FX family is the world’s best
selling cost-effective ‘brick’ type PLCs, consisting
of eight independent but compatible product
ranges.
Depending on your application and control
needs, you can choose from the small, attractively priced, “stand-alone” FX3S series or the
more powerful FX3G, FX3GC, FX3GE, FX3U,
FX3UC, FX5U and FX5UC series.
The MELSEC iQ-F includes the FX5U and the
FX5UC series. Designed on the concepts of
outstanding performance, superior drive control
and user centric programming, the iQ-F reaches
to new areas of application with a high-speed
system bus (approx. 150-times faster than
FX3U), extensive built-in functions and network
support (build-in Ethernet and RS485 interface,
build in analog inputs/output).
All FX series PLCs can be expanded to adapt
them to the changing needs of your installations
and applications.
Network integration is also supported, making it
possible for your FX controllers to communicate
with other PLCs, controllers and HMIs.
Equipment features
Compact PLCs
5
Communications modules
Digital input/output modules
Interface modules with RS232/
RS422/RS485 or USB for the connection of peripherals and PLC–
PLC links.
For a variety of signal levels with relay
or transistor switches.
Network modules for Ethernet,
Profibus DP, CC-Link, DeviceNet™,
CANopen, Ethernet, Modbus®/RTU/
ASCII and for the configuration
of proprietary Mitsubishi Electric
networks.
Analog input/output modules
Positioning modules
For processing current/voltage signals
and temperature registration with a direct
connection option for Pt100, Pt1000 and
Ni1000 resistance thermometers and
thermocouplers.
High-speed counter modules with
support for the connection of
incremental rotary transducers and
­positioning modules for servo and
stepping motor drives.
Expandability and power
The MELSEC FX family is highly flexible, enabling
fast and efficient configuration and programming for the application at hand.
It is the ideal choice, no matter whether you
need to install a simple control application
requiring up to 30 I/Os (FX3S) or a demanding,
complex system with up to 384 I/O points for
FX3U/FX3UC and up to 512 I/O points for FX5U/
FX5UC.
No. of inputs/outputs
The capacity of the CPUs of the FX family can be
expanded with memory cassettes.
Program steps
Cycle time (µs)
The diagram highlights the capabilities of each
FX5U/FX5UC
FX3U/FX3UC
FX PLC type.
FX3G/FX3GC/FX3GE
FX3S
FX3S
FX3G/FX3GC/FX3GE
FX3U/FX3UC
FX5U/FX5UC
Micro controllers ALPHA series
ALPHA fills the gap between traditional relays
and timers and a PLC. Offering functionality,
reliability and flexibility but without the worry of
cost of overheads. ALPHA is the perfect maintenance product, and yet can adequately control a
new process from the start.
40
The ALPHA can be expanded to provide a small
increase in I/O, analogue output, temperature
input or networking capability.
The ALPHA2 can process up to 200 function
blocks in a single program, and every single
function (timers, counters, analog signal
processing, calendar, clock etc.) can be used as
many times as you need in all your programs.
Compact PLCs
What components are required for a FX PLC system?
Base units
The entire FX PLC range can be AC or DC powered with a mix of input and output styles. The
PLCs can be programmed with the user friendly
GX Works2/GX Works2 FX (FX3 PLCs) and
GX Works3 (FX5 PLCs) programming software,
allowing programs to be transferred between
different FX PLCs. All PLC base units include an
integrated real time clock.
Base units are available with different I/O
configurations from 10 to 128 points but can be
expanded to 512 points depending upon the FX
range selected.
Expansion possibilities
Digital
Extensions for inside PLC Analog
installation
Communication
Digital
Extension modules
(installation outside
Analog
the PLC)
Temperature
Ethernet
CC-Link
CANopen
Profibus DP
Network modules
DeviceNet
Modbus RTU/ASCII
SSCNET
J1939
RS232
RS422
Communications boards
RS485
USB
RS232
Communications modules
RS485
High speed counter
Dedicated function
modules
Positioning
Memory cassettes
External display
ALPHA2
P
P
—
—
—
P
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
P
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
P
—
Extension boards
Special function modules
Except for the FX3GC and FX3UC series, extension adapter boards can be installed directly into
the base unit and therefore do not require any
additional installation space. For a small number
of I/O (2 to 4) an extension adapter boards can
be installed directly into the FX3S, FX3G, FX3GE,
FX3U or FX5U controller. Interface adapter
boards can also provide the FX PLC with additional RS232, RS422, RS485 or USB interfaces.
For the connection of ADP modules, such as an
Ethernet communication module, a converter
adapter is required for some base units.
A wide variety of special function modules are
available for the FX3G, FX3GC, FX3GE, FX3U,
FX3UC, FX5U and FX5UC PLCs. They cover
networking functionality, analog control, high
speed input, pulse train outputs, data logging
function and temperature inputs.
Extension I/O modules
Memory extension and operator terminals
Each FX family base unit (except FX3GC/FX5UC)
can be equipped with a memory cassette. The
programming unit interface enables the connection of programming tools like PC and hand
held programming units as well as graphical
operator terminals.
Unpowered and powered extension I/O modules can be added to the FX3G, FX3GC, FX3GE,
FX3U, FX3UC, FX5U and FX5UC PLCs.
5
For expansion modules powered by the
base unit, the power consumption has to be
calculated as the 5 V DC bus can only support
a limited number of expansion I/O (for further
details please refer to next page – calculation of
the power consumption).
FX3S
P
P
P
—
—
—
P
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
P
P
P
—
P
P
—
—
P
P
FX3G
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
—
P
P
P
P
—
P
P
—
—
P
P
FX3GC
—
—
—
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
—
P
—
—
—
—
P
P
—
—
—
—
FX3GE
—
P
P
P
P
P
—1
P
P
P
P
P
—
P
P
P
P
—
P
P
—
—
P
P
Compact PLCs
A basic FX PLC system can consist of a stand­
alone base unit, with the functionality and I/O
range increased by adding extension I/O and
special function modules. The following section
provides an overview of options available.
FX3U
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
FX3UC
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
—
—
—
—
P
P
P
P
P
—
FX5U
—
—
P
P
P
P
—1
P
—
—
—
P
P
—
P
P
P
—
P
P
—
—
—2
—
FX5UC
—
—
P
P
P
P
—1
P
—
—
—
P
P
—
—
—
—
—
P
P
—
—
—2
—
1 Base unit has built-in Ethernet interface
2 No memory cassettes will be used for FX5. SD card is available
41
Compact PLCs
FX5U/FX5UC series
The FX5U/FX5UC series CPU modules feature
outstanding performance and superior drive
control.
zz Extensive built-in functions
zz Built-in analog inputs/output (FX5U only)
zz Built-in SD Card slot
Special features of the FX5UC series:
zz Compact size
zz Compact extension modules contribute to
system downsizing
zz Connection of FX5 and FX3 expansion modules possible
zz Built-in RS485 port (with Modbus® function)
zz Built-in Ethernet port
zz Advanced security functions
zz Battery-less and maintenance free
zz Built-in positioning (200 kpps, 4-axis)
FX5U base units with 32–80 I/Os
Compact PLCs
5
Specifications
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
Order information Specifications
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
Order information Specifications
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
Order information FX5U-32
MR/ES
32
100–240 V AC
16
16
Relay
Art. no. 280489
FX5U-32
MT/ES
32
100–240 V AC
16
16
Transistor (sink type)
Art. no. 280490
FX5U-32
MT/ESS
32
100–240 V AC
16
16
Transistor (source type)
Art. no. 280491
FX5U-64
MR/ES
64
100–240 V AC
32
32
Relay
FX5U-80
MR/ES
80
100–240 V AC
40
40
Relay
280492
280495
FX5U-64
MT/ES
64
100–240 V AC
32
32
Transistor (sink type)
FX5U-80
MT/ES
80
100–240 V AC
40
40
Transistor (sink type)
280493
280496
FX5U-64
MT/ESS
64
100–240 V AC
32
32
Transistor (source type)
FX5U-80
MT/ESS
80
100–240 V AC
40
40
Transistor (source type)
280494
280497
FX5UC base units with 32 I/Os
Specifications
FX5UC-32
MT/D
FX5UC-32
MT/DSS
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
32
24 V DC
16
16
Transistor (sink type)
32
24 V DC
8
8
Transistor (source type)
Order information 42
Art. no. 283529
283530
Compact PLCs
FX3U/FX3UC series
The FX3U/FX3UC series base units are available
in different versions and feature the following
functions:
zz Integrated serial interface for communication
between PCs and HMI
zz Integrated positioning control
zz Exchangeable interface modules for direct
mounting into a base unit
zz LEDs for indicating the input and output
status
zz Slot for memory cassettes (only FX3U)
zz Integrated real-time clock
zz Expandable with digital I/O modules, special
function modules and ADP modules
zz User-friendly programming systems, including IEC 61131-3 (EN 61131-3) compatible
programming software, HMIs and hand-held
programming units
Special features of the FX3UC series:
zz Very compact dimensions
zz Adapter modules and system cabling sets
available for units with ribbon cable connectors
FX3U base units with 16–128 I/Os
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
Order information Specifications
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
Order information Specifications
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
Order information Specifications
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
Order information FX3U-16
MR/ES
16
100–240 V AC
8
8
Relay
Art. no. 231486
FX3U-32
MR/ES
32
100–240 V AC
16
16
Relay
FX3U-32
MS/ES
32
100–240 V AC
16
16
Triac
FX3U-48
MR/ES
48
100–240 V AC
24
24
Relay
FX3U-64
MR/ES
64
100–240 V AC
32
32
Relay
FX3U-64
MS/ES
32
100–240 V AC
32
32
Triac
FX3U-80
MR/ES
80
100–240 V AC
40
40
Relay
FX3U-128
MR/ES
128
100–240 V AC
64
64
Relay
231487
237263
231488
231489
237264
231490
231491
FX3U-16
MT/ESS
16
100–240 V AC
8
8
Transistor (source type)*
Art. no. 231492
FX3U-32
MT/ESS
32
100–240 V AC
16
16
Transistor (source type)*
FX3U-48
MT/ESS
48
100–240 V AC
24
24
Transistor (source type)*
FX3U-64
MT/ESS
64
100–240 V AC
32
32
Transistor (source type)*
FX3U-80
MT/ESS
80
100–240 V AC
40
40
Transistor (source type)*
FX3U-128
MT/ESS
128
100–240 V AC
64
64
Transistor (source type)*
231493
231494
231495
231496
231497
FX3U-16
MR/DS
16
24 V DC
8
8
Relay
Art. no. 231498
FX3U-16
MT/DSS
16
24 V DC
8
8
Transistor (source type)*
Art. no. 231503
FX3U-32
MR/DS
32
24 V DC
16
16
Relay
FX3U-48
MR/DS
48
24 V DC
24
24
Relay
FX3U-64
MR/DS
64
24 V DC
32
32
Relay
FX3U-80
MR/DS
80
24 V DC
40
40
Relay
231499
231500
231501
231502
FX3U-32
MT/DSS
32
24 V DC
16
16
Transistor (source type)*
FX3U-48
MT/DSS
48
24 V DC
24
24
Transistor (source type)*
FX3U-64
MT/DSS
64
24 V DC
32
32
Transistor (source type)*
FX3U-80
MT/DSS
80
24 V DC
40
40
Transistor (source type)*
231504
231505
231506
231507
5
Compact PLCs
Specifications
* Units with sink type transistor outputs on request.
FX3UC base units with 16–96 I/Os
Specifications
FX3UC-16
MT/DSS
FX3UC-16
MR/D-T
FX3UC-16
MR/DS-T
FX3UC-32
MT/DSS
FX3UC-64
MT/DSS
FX3UC-96
MT/DSS
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
16
24 V DC (+20 %, -15 %)
8
8
Transistor (source type)*
16
24 V DC
8
8
Relay
16
24 V DC
8
8
Relay
32
24 V DC (+20 %, -15 %)
16
16
Transistor (source type)*
64
24 V DC (+20 %, -15 %)
32
32
Transistor (source type)*
96
24 V DC (+20 %, -15 %)
48
48
Transistor (source type)*
237305
237306
231509
231510
231511
Order information Art. no. 231508
* Units with sink type transistor outputs on request.
43
Compact PLCs
FX3G/FX3GE/FX3GC series
$1$/2*
,1387
9 , 9 ,
9,
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
0
6'5'
(55
23(1
%$6(7%$6(7;
<
<
;
9
,
;
<
<
<
/27
9,
$1$/2*
287387
The FX3G/FX3GE/FX3GC series base units are
available in different versions and feature the
following functions:
Compact PLCs
5
zz Integrated USB interface for communication
between PLCs and PC
zz Integrated serial interface for communication
between PCs and HMI
zz Integrated real-time clock
Special features of the FX3GE series:
zz Integrated positioning control
zz Integrated analog input (2ch)
zz Exchangeable interface and extension adapters for direct mounting into a base unit*
zz Integrated analog output (1ch)
zz Detachable terminal blocks for all units
zz User-friendly programming systems, including IEC 61131-3 (EN 61131-3) compatible
programming software, HMIs and hand-held
programming units
zz Slot for memory cassettes*
* (only FX3G and FX3GE)
zz LEDs for indicating the input and output
status
zz Integrated Ethernet interface
zz Expandable with digital I/O modules, special
function modules and ADP modules
Special features of the FX3GC series:
zz Connection of inputs and outputs via connectors.
FX3G base units with 14–60 I/Os
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
FX3G-14
MR/ES
14
100–240 V AC
8
6
Output type
Relay
Specifications
Order information Art. no. 231466
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
FX3G-40
MR/ES
40
100–240 V AC
24
16
Output type
Relay
Specifications
Order information Art. no. 231468
FX3G-14
MT/ESS
14
100–240 V AC
8
6
Transistor
(source type)*
FX3G-14
MR/DS
14
24 V DC
8
6
FX3G-24
MR/ES
24
100–240 V AC
14
10
Relay
FX3G-14
MT/DSS
14
24 V DC
8
6
Transistor
(source type)*
FX3G-24
MR/DS
24
24 V DC
14
10
Relay
FX3G-24
MT/ESS
24
100–240 V AC
14
10
Transistor
(source type)*
Relay
FX3G-24
MT/DSS
24
24 V DC
14
10
Transistor
(source type)*
231470
231474
231478
231467
231471
231475
231479
FX3G-40
MT/ESS
40
100–240 V AC
24
16
Transistor
(source type)*
FX3G-40
MR/DS
40
24 V DC
24
16
FX3G-60
MR/ES
60
100–240 V AC
36
24
Relay
FX3G-60
MT/ESS
60
100–240 V AC
36
24
Transistor
(source type)*
FX3G-60
MR/DS
60
24 V DC
36
24
Relay
FX3G-40
MT/DSS
40
24 V DC
24
16
Transistor
(source type)*
Relay
FX3G-60
MT/DSS
60
24 V DC
36
24
Transistor
(source type)*
231472
231476
231480
231469
231473
231477
231481
* Units with sink type transistor outputs on request.
FX3GE base units with 24/40 I/Os
Specifications
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
Order information
44
FX3GE-24MR/ES
24
100–240 V AC
14
10
Relay
Art. no. 264869
FX3GC base units with 32 I/Os
FX3GE-40MR/ES
40
100–240 V AC
24
16
Relay
Specifications
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
264870
Order information
FX3GC-32 MT/D
32
24 V DC
16
16
Transistor (sink type)
Art. no. 251545
FX3GC-32 MT/DSS
32
24 V DC
16
16
Transistor (source type)
251546
Compact PLCs
FX3S series
The FX3S series base units are available with
10 to 30 input/output points.
zz FX3S-30MT/ESS-2AD and FX3S-30MR/ES-2AD
with two integrated analog inputs (0–10 V DC)
It is possible to choose between relay and transistor output type.
zz System upgrades by exchangeable interface
and I/O adapter boards for direct fitting into
the base unit
zz Integrated power supply (AC or DC powered)
zz Maintenance-free EEPROM memory
zz LEDs for indicating the input and output
status
zz Ample memory capacity (4000 steps) and
device ranges
zz Standard programming unit interface
zz High-speed operations
zz Incorporated positioning control
zz Integrated real-time clock
zz User-friendly programming systems, including IEC 61131-3 (EN 61131-3)-compatible
programming software, HMIs and hand-held
programming units
FX3S base units with 10–30 I/Os
FX3S-10
MR/DS
10
24 V DC
6
4
Output type
Relay
Order information Specifications
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
Order information Art. no. 267110
FX3S-20
MT/ESS
20
100–240 V AC
12
8
Transistor
(source type)
Art. no. 267128
FX3S-10
MT/DSS
10
24 V DC
6
4
Transistor
(source type)
FX3S-14
MR/ES
14
100–240 V AC
8
6
FX3S-14
MR/DS
14
24 V DC
8
6
Relay
FX3S-10
MT/ESS
10
100–240 V AC
6
4
Transistor
(source type)
FX3S-14
MT/DSS
14
24 V DC
8
6
Transistor
(source type)
FX3S-20
MR/ES
20
100–240 V AC
12
8
FX3S-20
MR/DS
20
24 V DC
12
8
Relay
FX3S-14
MT/ESS
14
100–240 V AC
8
6
Transistor
(source type)
Relay
Relay
Relay
271687
267112
271695
267113
271688
267125
271696
267126
271689
FX3S-20
MT/DSS
20
24 V DC
12
8
Transistor
(source type)
FX3S-30
MR/ES
30
100–240 V AC
16
14
FX3S-30
MR/DS
30
24 V DC
16
14
FX3S-30
MR/ES-2AD
30
100–240 V AC
16
14
Relay
FX3S-30
MT/ES-2AD
30
100–240 V AC
16
14
Transistor
(sink type)
FX3S-30
MT/ESS
30
100–240 V AC
16
14
Transistor
(source type)
FX3S-30
MT/ESS-2AD
30
100–240 V AC
16
14
Transistor
(source type)
FX3S-30
MT/DSS
30
24 V DC
16
14
Transistor
(source type)
Relay
Relay
271697
267129
271690
271654
271685
267131
271686
271698
5
Compact PLCs
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
FX3S-10
MR/ES
10
100–240 V AC
6
4
Specifications
45
Compact PLCs
Expandability and functionality
Additional special function and expansion modules are available that make it possible to extend
the capacity of the PLC system. There are three
basic categories of modules:
zz Modules that occupy digital I/Os (connected
on the right hand side of the base unit). These
are the digital unpowered and powered
extension units, as well as the special function
modules.
zz Communication and adapter modules that
are connected to the left hand side of the
base unit, for example FX3U-4AD-ADP and
FX2NC-485ADP.
zz Internal adapter boards for the FX3S, FX3G,
FX3GE, FX3U and the FX5U series. These
expansion units are installed directly in the
base unit and do not occupy any digital I/O.
Note: To connect special function modules or extension units of the FX0N/
FX2N/FX3U series to an FX3UC series base unit, an adapter FX2NC-CNV-IF or
the power supply FX3UC-1PS-5V is required.
When connecting a special function module of the FX3U series to a
FX5U/FX5UC base unit the communications adapter FX5U-CNV-BUS resp.
­FX5U-CNV-BUSC is required.
Expansion modules for the FX3/FX5 series
Compact PLCs
5
Powered expansion I/O
Unpowered
­expansion I/O
Various unpowered and powered extension
units (FX3UC/FX5UC unpowered only) are available for extending the base units.
46
Powered expansion I/O
The unpowered units contain 16 or 32 digital
inputs/outputs max. and do not need a separate
power supply, since they are powered via the
system bus.
Unpowered
expansion I/O
The powered extension units contain a larger
number of inputs/outputs and an integrated
power supply unit, to power the system bus and
the digital inputs.
Compact PLCs
Expansion modules for the FX3 series
POWERED
UNPOWERED
FX2N-32
FX2N-48
FX2N-8
FX2N-8
FX2N-8
FX2N-8
FX2N-16
ER-ES/UL
ER-ES/UL
ER-ES/UL
EX-ES/UL
EYR-ES/UL
EYT-ESS/UL
EX-ES/UL
Integrated inputs/outputs
32
48
8
8
8
8
16
Application
FX3G and FX3U/FX3UC series base units
Power supply AC range (+10 %, -15 %) 100–240 V
100–240 V
All modular extension blocks are supplied by the base unit.
Integrated inputs
16
24
4
8
—
—
16
Integrated outputs
16
24
4
—
8
8
—
Transistor
Output type
Relay
Relay
Relay
—
Relay
—
(source)**
Order information
Specifications
Art. no. 65568
65571
166285
166284
166286
166287
65776
FX2N-16
EYR-ES/UL
16
FX2N-16
EYT-ESS/UL
16
—
16
Relay
—
16
Transistor
(source)**
65580
65581
* This limitation applies only per reference terminal for each group. Please observe the terminal assignments for the group identification. ** Units with sink type transistor outputs on request.
Integrated inputs/outputs
Application
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Output type
Order information
FX2NC-16
FX2NC-16
EX-T-DS
EYR-T-DS
16
16
All FX3UC series base units
All modular extension units are supplied by the base unit.
16
—
—
16
—
Relay
Art. no. 128152
128153
FX2NC-16
EX-DS
16
FX2NC-16
EYT-DSS
16
FX2NC-32
EX-DS
32
FX2NC-32
EYT-DSS
32
16
—
—
—
16
Transistor (source)**
32
—
—
—
32
Transistor (source)**
104503
104504
104505
104506
5
Compact PLCs
Specifications
1 for Y0 and Y1 = 0.3 A; all others 0.1 A 2 7.2 W for Y0 to Y3; all others 2.4 W 3 0.9 W for Y0 to Y3; all others 0.3 W
* This limitation applies only per reference terminal for each group. Please observe the terminal assignments for the group identification. ** Units with sink type transistor outputs on request.
Expansion modules for the FX5 series
POWERED
FX5-32
FX5-32
ER-ES
ET/ESS
Integrated inputs/outputs
32
32
Application
FX5U CPU modules
Power supply AC range (+10 %, -15 %) 100–240 V
100–240 V
Integrated inputs
16
16
Integrated outputs
16
16
Transistor
Output type
Relay
(source type)
Specifications
Order information Art. no. 280506
280508
FX5-8
EX/ES
8
FX5-16
EYR/ES
16
FX5-16
EYT/ESS
16
—
16
—
Relay
—
16
Transistor
(source type)
280498
280505
280502
280504
Output type
—
Art. no. 283531
UNPOWERED
FX5-16
EX/ES
16
16
—
Integrated inputs/outputs
Application
Power supply
Integrated inputs
Integrated outputs
Order information FX5-8
EYT/ESS
8
All unpowered I/O modules are supplied by the CPU module.
8
—
—
—
8
8
Transistor
—
Relay
(source type)
FX5-C32
FX5-C32
EX/D
EX/DS
32
32
FX5UC CPU modules
All unpowered I/O modules are supplied by the CPU module.
32*
32**
—
—
Specifications
FX5-8
EYR/ES
8
280499
280501
FX5-C32
EYT/DSS
32
FX5-C32
ET/DSS
32
—
—
32
Transistor
(source type)
16**
16
Transistor
(source type)
283532
283556
283534
* Sink inputs ** Sink/source inputs
47
Compact PLCs
FX2N-2DA/
FX2N-2AD
Analog I/O module
FX2N-5A
Combined analog
I/O module
FX3U-4DA-ADP
Analog I/O adapter
Analog output modules
The analog output modules provide the user
with 2 to 4 analog outputs. The modules convert
digital values from a controller of the FX series
to the analog signals required by the process.
Specifications
Analog outputs
Analog output range
voltage
current
Fullscale overall accuracy
Resolution
Compact PLCs
5
Order information FX2N-2DA
2
0–+10 V DC/
0–+5 V DC/
4–+20 mA
2.5 mV (12 bit)
4 µA (12 bit)
±1 %
Art. no. 102868
FX2N-4DA
4
-10–+10 V DC/
0–+20 mA/
4–+20 mA
5 mV (10 bit)
20 µA (11 bit + sign)
±1 %
FX3U-4DA*
4
-10–+10 V DC/
0–+20 mA/
4–+20 mA
0.32 mV (16 bit + sign)
0.63 µA (15 bit)
±0.3–0.5 % **
65586
169509
* for FX3G/FX3U/FX3UC only ** Dependent on the ambient temperature
Analog input modules
The analog input modules provide the user
with 2 to 8 analog inputs. The module converts
analog process signals into digital values which
are further processed by a controller of the
MELSEC FX series.
4
-10–+10 V DC/-20–
+20 mA/4–+20 mA
5 mV (11 bit + sign)
20 µA (10 bit + sign)
±1 %
FX3U-4AD/
FX3UC-4AD*
4
-10–+10 V DC/-20–
+20 mA/4–+20 mA
0.32 mV (15 bit + sign)
1.25 µA (14 bit + sign)
±0.3–1 %
8
-10–+10 V DC/-20–
+20 mA/4–+20 mA
0.63 mV (14 bit + sign)
2.5 µA (13 bit + sign)
±0.3–0.5 % **
65585
169508/210090
129195
Specifications
FX2N-2AD
FX2N-4AD
Analog inputs
2
0–+10 V DC/0–
+5 V DC/0/4–+20 mA
2.5 mV, 1.25 mV,
4 µA (12 bit)
±1 %
Analog input range
voltage
current
Fullscale overall accuracy
Resolution
Order information Art. no. 102869
FX2N-8AD
* for FX3G/FX3U/FX3UC only ** Dependent on the ambient temperature
Combined analog I/O modules
The analog input/output modules are available
in two different models. They provide the user
with 2 or 4 analog inputs and 1 analog output.
They serve for conversion of analog process
signals into digital values, and vice versa.
Specifications
Analog channels
Resolution
(input)
Resolution
(output)
inputs
outputs
voltage
current
voltage
current
Order information FX2N-5A
4
1
-10–+10 V (15 bit + sign),
-100–+100 mV (11 bit + sign)
-20–+20 mA (14 bit + sign), 0/4–+20 mA (14 bit)
-10–+10 V (12 bit)
0/4–+20 mA (10 bit)
Art. no. 153740
FX3U-3A-ADP
2
1
0–+10 V (2.5 mV/12 bit)
4–+20 mA (5 µA/12 bit)
0–+10 V (2.5 mV/12 bit)
4–+20 mA (4 µA/12 bit)
221549
Analog I/O adapters
The FX3U-4AD-ADP adapter module adds four
analog input points to the FX3G or FX3U/FX3UC
PLC system.
The FX3U-4DA-ADP adapter module provides
four analog outputs.
By adding a FX5U-4AD-ADP or ­FX5U-4DA-AD,
a PLC of the FX5U or FX5UC series can be
expanded with four analog inputs or four analog
outputs respectively.
48
Specifications
Analog channels
inputs
outputs
Analog range
Resolution
Overall accuracy
Order information FX3U-4AD-ADP 1
4
—
FX5U-4AD-ADP
4
—
V DC,
0–+10 V DC, 4–+20 mA -10–10
-20–+20 mA
2.5 mV/10 µA
312.5 µV/1.25 µA
(12 bit/11 bit)
(14 bit)
±0.5 %*/±1 %
±0.1 %*/±1 %
Art. no. 165241
283559
FX3U-4DA-ADP 1
—
4
FX5U-4DA-ADP
—
4
V DC,
0–+10 V DC, 4–+20 mA -10–10
-20–+20 mA
2.5 mV/4 µA (12 bit)
312.5 µV/1 µA (14 bit)
±0.5 %*/±1 %
±0.1 %*/±1 %
165271
283560
*Dependent on the ambient temperature and signal quality
1 Note: when connecting these adapter modules to a FX3U, a communications adapter FX3U-mmm-BD is required.
When connecting an adapter to a FX3G PLC the communications adapter FX3G-CNV-ADP is required.
Compact PLCs
FX3U-4AD-TC-ADP/
FX3U-4AD-PT-ADP
Analog temperature
input adapter
FX2N-4AD-TC
Analog temperature
input module
FX3U-4LC
Temperature
control module
Analog temperature input modules
Specifications
Analog inputs
Compensated
temperature range
The analog input module for Pt100 inputs
FX2N-4AD-PT permits the connection of four
Pt100 sensors to an FX series controller.
Digital outputs
The temperature control module FX2N-2LC is
used to read and process temperature signals
from thermocouples and Pt100 sensors.
Order information
Resolution
FX2N-4AD-TC
4 (J or K type)
°C -100–+600 (J type)/
-100–+1200 (K type)
-1000–+6000 (J type)/
-1000–+12000 (K type)
0.3 (J type)/0.4 (K type)
FX2N-4AD-PT
4 (Pt100 sensors)
-100–+600
-1000–6000
(12 bit conversion)
0.2–0.3 °C
Art. no. 65588
5
65587
Compact PLCs
The analog input module for thermocouples
FX2N-4AD-TC is used for processing temperatures.
It has 4 independent inputs for detecting signals
from thermocouples of types J and K.
Analog temperature input adapters
The analog input adapter for thermocouples
FX3U-4AD-TC-ADP is used for processing
temperatures. It has 4 independent inputs for
detecting signals from thermocouples of types
J and K.
The FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP analog input adapter
enables the connection of up to four Pt1000/
Ni1000 thermocouples.
The FX3U-4AD-PT-ADP and FX3U-4AD-PTW-ADP
analog input adapters enable the connection
of up to four Pt100 thermocouples to the PLC
system.
All analog adapters can be used in combination
with the base units of the FX3G/FX3U/FX3UC
series only.
Specifications
FX3U-4AD-TC-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PNK-ADP
(Pt1000/Ni1000
sensors, 2/3 wire)
Compensated
-50–+250 (Pt1000)/
°C -100–+600 (J type)/
temperature range
-100–+1000 (K type)
-40–+110 (Ni1000)
-1000–+6000
(J
type)/
-500–+2500 (Pt1000)/
Digital outputs
-1000–+10000 (K type) -400–+1100 (Ni1000)
Resolution°C 0.3 (J type)/0.4 (K type)
0.1
Total accuracy
±0.5 % fullscale
±0.5–1.0 % (fullscale)*
FX3U-4AD-PT-ADP
FX3U-4AD-PTW-ADP
Analog inputs
4 (J or K type)
4 (Pt100 sensors)
4 (Pt100 sensors, 3-wire)
-50–+250
-100–+600
-500–+2500
-1000–+6000
Order information
165272
Art. no. 165273
214172
0.1
0.2–0.3
±0.5–1.0 % (fullscale)* ±0.5–1.0 % (fullscale)*
214173
*Dependent on the ambient temperature
Note: when connecting these adapter modules to a FX3U, a communications adapter FX3U-mmm-BD is required. When connecting an adapter to a FX3G
PLC the communications adapter FX3G-CNV-ADP is required.
Temperature control modules
The temperature control module FX3U-4LC is
equipped with four temperature input points
and four transistor (open collector) output
points. It is used to read temperature signals
from thermocouples and Pt100 sensors, and
performs PID output control.
Specifications
Analog inputs
Compensated
°C
temperature range
Digital outputs
Resolution°C
Total accuracy
Order information
FX2N-2LC
2* (Thermocouple and Pt100 sensors)
FX3U-4LC
4 (Thermocouple and Pt100 sensors)
0–+399
-200–+2300
2 transistor output points
0.1 or 1
±0.3–0.7 % (fullscale, dependent on the ambient
temperature)
4 NPN transistor open collector output points
0.1 or 1
±0.3–0.7 % (fullscale, dependent on the ambient
temperature)
Art. no. 129196
232806
* Temperature input modules with 10 channels on request
49
Compact PLCs
FX2N-1HC
High speed counter and
pulse train module
FX3U-CF-ADP
Data logger module
FX2N-10PG
Positioning module
Data logger module
The FX3U-CF-ADP is a general purpose data logging adapter. The difference to other available
logging units is that the PLC main unit controls
the data logging based on user requirements.
Compact PLCs
5
Specifications
Data access method
Connectable units
Time stamp function
Recommended storage media
Max. file size
File format
Max. number of files
FIFO function
Order information
FX3U-CF-ADP
Controlled by the main unit, no polling from the logging unit possible.
A maximum of one FX3U-CF-ADP can be connected per PLC.
The real time clock data of the base unit is used.
CompactFlash memory card (GT05-MEM-256MC, -512MC,-1GC, -2GC)
512 MB
CSV
63 (plus one FIFO file.)
One pattern (the file name gets automatically generated.)
Art. no. 230104
High speed counter and pulse train modules
These high speed modules provide additional
counting and pulse train output features to the
FX3U/FX3UC PLC.
Specifications
FX2N-1HC
Signal level
5, 12, 24 V DC/7 mA 5, 12, 24 V DC/7 mA 5 V DC
Counter
Max. frequency
inputs
outputs
inputs
outputs
kHz
kHz
16 bit
Counting range
(Up/down & ring counter) 32 bit
Order information
2 (1 phase) or
1 (2 phase)
—
50
—
0–65535
-2147483648–
+2147483647
Art. no. 65584
FX2NC-1HC*
FX3U-4HSX-ADP **
FX3U-2HSY-ADP **
Differential line
driver
5, 12, 24 V DC
FX3U-2HC
4
—
2
2 (1 phase) or
1 (2 phase)
—
50
—
0–65535
-2147483648–
+2147483647
—
100/200
—
—
2
—
200
—
—
—
2
100/200
—
0–65535
-2147483648–
+2147483647
217916
165274
165275
232805
*for FX3UC only ** for FX3U only
Positioning modules
The positioning modules FX3U-1PG and
FX2N-10PG are extremely efficient single-axis
positioning modules for controlling either step
drives or servo drives (by external regulator)
with a pulse chain.
Specifications
Accessible axes
Output frequency
pulse/s
Signal level for digital inputs
Order information FX3U-1PG
1
10–200 000
24 V DC/40 mA
FX2N-10PG
1
1–1 000 000
5 V DC/100 mA; 24 V DC/70 mA
Art. no. 259298
140113
Active data modules (RS485 and RS232)
he addition of active data interface modules
permit active communication between the PLC
and surrounding devices.
FX2NC232ADP 1
RS232 with
9 pin D-Sub
Interface
compact plug
(photocoupler
isolation)
Communication speed*
kbps 0.3–19.2
Max. communication distance m 15
FX3U1 FX2NC232ADP-MB 2 FX5-232ADP 485ADP 1
FX3U1
485ADP-MB 2 FX5-485ADP
RS232 with 9-pin D-Sub connector; RS485
Modbus RS232C
RS485; Modbus RS485
0.3–19.2
15
0.3–19.2
15
0.3–19.2
500
0.3–19.2
500
0.3–19.2
500
Order information 206190
280513
149111
206191
280514
Specifications
Art. no. 149110
Application for FX1S base unit 2 Application for FX3G/FX3GC/FX3GE/FX3U/FX3UC/FX5U/FX5UC base units
* Speed depends on communication method (Parallel link, N:N Network, No protocol, Dedicated protocol etc.)
Note: When connecting these adapter modules to a FX3U, a communications adapter FX3U-mmm-BD is required. When connecting the FX2NC
adapters to a FX1S PLC the communications adapter FX1N-CNV-BD is required. When connecting an FX3U adapter to a FX3G PLC the communications adapter FX3G-CNV-ADP is required.
50
Compact PLCs
FX5-485-BD
Interface adapter
FX3U-USB-BD
Communications adapter
FX5-CNV-BUS
Communications adapter
Interface adapters
Specifications
Applicable for
Interface
Order information Specifications
Applicable for
Interface
Order information Specifications
Applicable for
Interface
Order information FX1N-232-BD
FX3G-232-BD
Base units FX1S
Base units FX3G
RS232C with 9 pole D-Sub connector
Art. no. 130743
FX3U-232-BD
Base units FX3U
FX5-232-BD
Base units FX5U
165281
280511
FX3U-422-BD
Base units FX3U
FX5-422-BD-GOT
Base units FX5U
221252
165282
280515
FX3G-485-BD
Base units FX3G
FX3U-485-BD
Base units FX3U
FX5-485-BD
Base units FX5U
221253
165283
280512
FX1N-2EYT-BD
Base units FX1S
2 transistor outputs
FX1N-2AD-BD
Base units FX1S
AD converter
FX1N-1DA-BD
Base units FX1S
DA converter
139420
139421
139422
FX3G-1DA-BD
Base units FX3G
DA converter
FX3G-8AV-BD
Base units FX3G
Analog setpoint
FX3U-8AV-BD
Base units FX3U
Analog setpoint
221266
221267
237307
221254
FX1N-422-BD
FX3G-422-BD
Base units FX1S
Base units FX3G
RS422 with 8 pole Mini-DIN connector
Art. no. 130741
FX1N-485-BD
Base units FX1S
RS485/RS422
Art. no. 130742
5
Compact PLCs
The interface adapters provide an additional
communication interface for a MELSEC FX PLC.
Extension adapters
Two different digital and analog extension
adapters are available at a time for direct installation in the base unit controllers of the FX1S
series.
Specifications
Applicable for
Function
Order information For the FX3G series PLCs a analog-digital
converter with two analog inputs and a digitalanalog converter with one analog output is
available.
Specifications
Applicable for
Function
The FX3U-8AV-BD analog setpoint adapter enables the user to set 8 analog setpoint values.
Order information FX1N-4EX-BD
Base units FX1S
4 digital inputs
Art. no. 139418
FX3G-2AD-BD
Base units FX3G
AD converter
Art. no. 221265
Communications adapters
The communications adapter FX3U-USB-BD is
an additional USB 2.0 interface for a FX3U base
unit.
Specifications
Applicable for
Function
Order information The communications ­adapters enable the
connection of the adapter modules FXmmmmmADP on the left hand side of the FX3G and
FX3U base units.
Specifications
Applicable for
Order information FX3U-USB-BD
Base units FX3U
USB interface
Art. no. 165284
FX1N-CNV-BD
Base units FX1S
Art. no. 130745
FX3G-CNV-ADP
Base units FX3G
FX3U-CNV-BD
Base units FX3U
FX5-CNV-BUS
Base units FX5U
FX5-CNV-BUSC
Base units FX5UC
221268
165285
280510
283558
The FX5-CNV-BUS and the FX5-CNV-BUSC are
connection conversion modules for connecting
intelligent function modules of the FX3U series
or an extension power supply unit FX3U-1PSU5V to a FX5 series PLC.
51
Compact PLCs
FX3U-7DM
Control and
display panel
FX1N-5DM
Display module
FX3U-FLROM-64L
Memory cassette
Display modules
The display modules FX1N-5DM, FX3S-5DM and
­FX3G-5DM are inserted directly with space-saving into the controller and enable monitoring
and editing of the data stored in the PLC.
Specifications
Applicable for
Display
Order information Compact PLCs
5
FX1N-5DM
Base units FX1S
LCD (with backlight)
Art. no. 129197
FX3S-5DM
Base units FX3S
LCD (with backlight)
FX3G-5DM
Base units FX3G
LCD (with backlight)
282202
221270
Control and display panel/holder
The FX3U-7DM display module can be incorporated in the main unit, or can be installed in
the enclosure using the ­FX3U-7DM-HLD display
module holder.
Specifications
Applicable for
Display
Order information FX3U-7DM
Base units FX3U
16 letters x 4 lines
FX3U-7DM-HLD
Base units FX3U
—
Art. no. 165268
165287
Memory cassettes
All FX base units are equipped with a slot for
the memory cassettes. By connection of these
memory cassettes, the internal memory of the
controller is switched off and only the program
specified in the respective memory cassette is run.
Specifications
Applicable for
Size
Order information FX3G-EEPROM-32L
Base units FX3G
32000 steps
Art. no. 130746
221269
Specifications
Applicable for
FX3U-FLROM-16
Base units FX3U
FX3U-FLROM-64
Base units FX3U
FX3U-FLROM-64L
Base units FX3U
Size
16000
64000
64000
FX3U-FLROM-1M
Base units FX3U
64000 +
1.3 MB for source data
165279
165280
245565
Order information 52
FX1N-EEPROM-8L
Base units FX1S and FX1N
2000/8000 steps
Art. no. 165278
Compact PLCs
The ALPHA2 series
ALPHA2 base units
The ALPHA2 brings the benefits of the ALPHA
closer to the functionality of a Micro PLC. A
program capacity of 200 functions and 38 function blocks including mathematical operations,
PWM,1 KHz high speed counter and SMS text
messaging, open up new possibilities in all areas
of building and industrial automation.
Base units with 10–24 I/Os
Order information AL2-10MR-A
6/4
100–240 V AC
Art. no. 215070
AS-Interface module AL2-ASI-BD
The Actuator Sensor Interface module
­AL2-ASI-BD in combination with an ALPHA2
controller facilitates the data communications
via an AS-Interface system. The AL2-ASI-BD is
attached to an ALPHA2 series module and forms
a slave unit. Up to 4 inputs and 4 outputs can be
exchanged with the AS-Interface master.
Digital extension modules
There are 4 different extension modules available for the ALPHA2, which allow the controller
to be extended through additional inputs or
outputs. The modules are inserted directly into
the ALPHA2 and therefore do not take up any
additional space.
AL2-10MR-D
6/4
24 V DC
AL2-14MR-A
8/6
100–240 V AC
AL2-14MR-D
8/6
24 V DC
AL2-24MR-A
15/9
100–240 V AC
AL2-24MR-D
15/9
24 V DC
215071
215072
215073
215074
215075
Specifications
Module type
Communications protocol
Order information AL2-ASI-BD
Slave module
AS-Interface standard
Art. no. 142525
Specifications
Inputs
Input voltage
Outputs
Order information 5
Compact PLCs
Specifications
Integrated inputs/outputs
Power supply
AL2-4EX-A2
4
220–240 V AC
—
Art. no. 142522
AL2-4EX
4
24 V DC (+20 %, -15 %)
—
AL2-4EYR
—
—
4 (Relay)
AL2-4EYT
—
—
4 (Transistor)
142521
142523
142524
The AL2-4EX has the additional feature that
2 inputs may be used as high-speed counters
with a counting frequency of 1 kHz.
Analog extension modules
The analog extension modules significantly
increase the range of applications for the
ALPHA2. With these modules it is possible to
output voltage or current signals or to measure
temperatures.
Three different analog extension modules are
available:
zz The AL2-2DA offers two additional analog
outputs for the ALPHA2 and converts a digital
input value into a voltage or a current. This
module is inserted directly onto the ALPHA2.
Specifications
Analog inputs
AL2-2DA
—
Connectable temperature sensors
—
Compensated range
Analog outputs
—
2
0–10 V DC (5 kΩ–1 MΩ)
4–20 mA (max. 500 Ω)
Analog output
range
Order information voltage
current
Art. no. 151235
AL2-2PT-ADP
2
Pt100 sensor
Temp. coefficient 3.850 ppm/°C
(IEC 751)
-50–+200 °C
—
—
—
AL2-2TC-ADP
2
Thermocouple (K type),
isolated type (IEC 584-1 1977,
IEC 584-2 1982)
-50–+450 °C
—
—
—
151238
151239
zz The AL2-2PT-ADP connects an external Pt100
sensor to convert temperature readings into
analog signals (0–10 V).
zz The AL2-2TC-ADP connects thermocouple
sensors (K type) to convert temperature readings into analog signals (0–10 V).
53
For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.
Human Machine Interfaces
HMI control units for interaction between operator and machine
The interface between operator
and technics
In automatisation technologie the HMI represents the face of the machine and should show
all important process and status information
to the operator. The control units of the HMI
series provide an optimal dialog between
operator and machine and they are completely
integrated into the philosophy of Mitsubishi
FA. Therefore they are the ideal extension for
MELSEC PLC systems and other components of
Factory Automation.
GOT control units provide a maximum transparency for all system processes and the deep
integration into FA products offers a very fast
troubleshooting and many other advantages.
This reduces down time and raises the added
value of the production.
GOTs can be installed directly to the machine
while the connection to other FA products is
simple and cost-efficient. Without big efforts it
is possible to show all relevant information in
graphical form to the operator.
Even under heavy duty conditions the HMIs
remain operational due to the protective structure IP65 (and higher).
Special features
zz Integration with Mitsubishi Electric FA components
zz Recipe mamagement
zz Remote access
zz WLAN
Mitsubishi Electric offers three GOT series:
GOT1000, GOT2000 and GOT Simple. These
series cover the whole range of individual applications from basic model to high end model.
The graphs on this and the following page are
showing the full range of the main ranges of
HMIs.
zz Diagnostic functions
zz Alarm handling
zz Data logging
zz Data base connectivity
zz User management
HMI
6
GOT1000
GOT1000 series
type
dimensions
Display
text
graphical resolution (pixels)
Power supply
Internal memory capacity
External memory card
Keyboard
Function keys
serial
Interfaces
others
GT10 (14 models)
STN
3.7–5.7"
User definable
320x240
5 V DC/24 V DC
512 KB/1.5 MB/3.0 MB
—
Touch panel
Touch keys
2 x RS232, RS422/RS232
(depending on model)
GT104m/GT105m:
USB (back side)
GT11 (5 models)
STN
5.7"
User definable
320x240
24 V DC
3 MB
1 (CompactFlash, 2 GB max.)
Touch panel
Touch keys + 6 function keys
GT14 (2 models)
STN, TFT
5.7"
User definable
320x240
24 V DC
9 MB
1 (CompactFlash, 2 GB max.)
Touch panel
Touch keys
GT15 (22 models)
STN, TFT
5.7–15"
User definable
320x240 to 1024x768
24 V DC/100–240 V AC
5–9 MB (expandable up to 57 MB)
1 (CompactFlash, 2 GB max.)
Touch panel
Touch keys
GT16 (12 models)
TFT
5.7–15"
User definable
680x480 to 1024x768
24 V DC/100–240 V AC
15 MB (expandable up to 57 MB)
1 (CompactFlash, 2 GB max.)
Touch panel
Touch keys
RS232C, RS422
RS232, RS422, RS485
RS232
RS232
USB (front)
USB (Mini-B, front side)
USB (Type A, back side)
USB (front), USB host for
memory stick (2 GB max.)
Ethernet (TCP/IP), CC-Link (IE), RS232, RS422, RS485, A bus, Q bus,
MELSECNET/10/H, Modbus®/TCP
IP67
IP67
Network possibilities
Serial
Serial
Ethernet, RS422, RS485, RS232
IP rating (front panel)
IP67
IP67/IP65 (portable models)
IP67
54
USB (front)
HMI
GOT2000
External memory card
Keyboard
Function keys
serial
Interfaces
others
Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB, SD memory card
GT23 (4 models)
TFT, LCD
8.4–10.4"
User definable
640x480
24 V DC/100–240 V AC
Internal memory (ROM): 9 MB
Working memory (RAM): 9 MB
1 (SD memory card)
Touch panel
Touch keys
RS232, RS422/RS485
Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB (front),
SD memory card
Network possibilities
Ethernet (TCP/IP), RS232, RS422/485,
Modbus®/RTU, ­CC-Link/ID via G4
Ethernet (TCP/IP), RS232, RS422/485
IP rating (front panel)
IP67F
IP67
Internal memory capacity
GT21 (2 models)
TFT, LCD
3.8"
User definable
320x128
24 V DC
Internal memory (ROM): 3 MB
Working memory (RAM): 3 MB
1 (SD memory card)
Touch panel
Touch keys
RS232, RS422/485
GT25 (9 models)
TFT, LCD
8.4–12"
User definable
800x600
24 V DC/100–240 V AC
Internal memory (ROM): 32 MB
Working memory (RAM): 80 MB
1 (SD memory card)
Touch panel
Touch keys
RS232, RS422/RS485
Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB (front),
SD memory card
Ethernet (TCP/IP), CC-Link (IE), Modbus®,
RS232, RS422/485, A bus, Q bus,
MELSECNET/10/H
IP67
GT27 (16 models)
TFT, LCD
8.4–15"
User definable
1024x768 1
24 V DC/100–240 V AC
Internal memory (ROM) 57 MB
Working memory (RAM): 128 MB
1 (SD memory card)
Touch panel
Touch keys
RS232, RS422/RS485
Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB (front),
SD memory card
Ethernet (TCP/IP), CC-Link (IE), Modbus®,
RS232, RS422/485, A bus, Q bus,
MELSECNET/10/H
IP67
GOT Simple
GOT Simple series
type
dimensions
Display
text
graphical resolution (pixels)
Power supply
Internal memory capacity
External memory card
Keyboard
Function keys
serial
Interfaces
others
Network possibilities
IP rating (front panel)
GS21 (2 models)
TFT, LCD
7–10"
User definable
800x480
24 V DC
Internal memory (ROM): 9 MB, working memory (RAM): 9 MB
1 (SD memory card)
Touch panel
Touch keys
RS232, RS422
Ethernet (TCP/IP), SD memory card
Ethernet (TCP/IP), RS232, RS422
IP65
55
6
HMI
GOT2000 series
type
dimensions
Display
text
graphical resolution (pixels)
Power supply
HMI
GOT1000 series
Overview
Model
HMI
6
GT1020-LBL
GT1020-LBD
GT1020-LBD2
GT1020-LBLW
GT1020-LBDW
GT1020-LBDW2
GT1030-HBD
GT1030-HBD2
GT1030-HBDW
GT1030-HBDW2
GT1030-HWD
GT1030-HWD2
GT1030-HWDW
GT1030-HWDW2
GT1030-HBL
GT1030-HBLW
GT1030-HWL
GT1030-HWLW
GT1040-QBBD
GT1045-QSBD
GT1050-QBBD
GT1055-QSBD
GT1150-QLBD
GT1155-QSBD
GT1155-QTBD
GT1150HS-QLBD
GT1155HS-QSBD
GT1450-QLBDE
GT1455-QTBDE
GT1455HS-QTBDE
GT1450HS-QMBDE
GT1550-QLBD
GT1555-QSBD
GT1555-QTBD
GT1555-VTBD
GT1562-VNBA
GT1562-VNBD
GT1565-VTBA
GT1565-VTBD
GT1572-VNBA
GT1572-VNBD
GT1575-VNBA
GT1575-VNBD
GT1575-VTBA
GT1575-STBA
GT1575-VTBD
GT1575-STBD
GT1575V-STBD
GT1585-STBA
GT1585-STBD
GT1585V-STBD
GT1595-XTBA
GT1595-XTBD
GT1655-VTBD
GT1662-VNBA
GT1662-VNBD
GT1665HS-VTBD
GT1672-VNBA
GT1672-VNBD
GT1675-VNBA
GT1675-VNBD
GT1665M-STBA
GT1665M-STBD
GT1665M-VTBA
GT1665M-VTBD
GT1675M-STBA
GT1675M-STBD
GT1675M-VTBA
GT1675M-VTBD
GT1685M-STBA
GT1685M-STBD
GT1695M-XTBA
GT1695M-XTBD
56
Type
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
STN
TFT
STN
STN
STN
TFT
TFT
TFT
STN
STN
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
Display unit
Colour
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
monochrome
blue/white, 16 scales
256 colours
blue/white, 16 scales
256 colours
16 grey scales
256 colours
256 colours
16 grey scales
256 colours
16 grey scales
colour LCD
colour LCD
monochrome, 16 grey scales
monochrome
4096 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
16 colours
16 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
16 colours
16 colours
256 colours
256 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
16 colours
16 colours
65536 colours
16 colours
16 colours
4096 colours
4096 colours
16 colours
16 colours
16 colours
16 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
65536 colours
Dimensions (mm)
86.4x34.5 (3.7")
86.4x34.5 (3.7")
86.4x34.5 (3.7")
86.4x34.5 (3.7")
86.4x34.5 (3.7")
86.4x34.5 (3.7")
109.4x36 (4.5")
109.4x36 (4.5")
109.4x36 (4.5")
109.4x36 (4.5")
109.4x36 (4.5")
109.4x36 (4.5")
109.4x36 (4.5")
109.4x36 (4.5")
109.4x36 (4.5")
109.4x36 (4.5")
109.4x36 (4.5")
109.4x36 (4.5")
96x72 (4.7")
96x72 (4.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
115x86 (5.7")
171x128 (8.4")
171x128 (8.4")
171x128 (8.4")
171x128 (8.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
246x185 (12.1")
246x185 (12.1")
246x185 (12.1")
304x228 (15")
304x228 (15")
115x86 (5.7")
171x128 (8.4")
171x128 (8.4")
132.5x99.4 (6.5")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
171x128 (8.4")
171x128 (8.4")
171x128 (8.4")
171x128 (8.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
211x158 (10.4")
249x184.5 (12.1")
249x184.5 (12.1")
304.1x228.1 (15")
304.1x228.1 (15")
RS232
V
V
V
V
V
V
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V
V
V
V
RS232C
V
V
V
V
V
RS422
V
V
V
V
V
V
Interfaces
RS485
USB
V
V
V
V
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V (2x)
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Ethernet
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
CF slot Human sensor
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Art. no.
200738
200491
200492
208670
208668
208669
242110
242111
242112
242113
242114
242115
242116
242117
242118
242119
242120
242121
221929
221930
218492
218491
162709
162710
215077
170180
170181
248880
248881
271384
271455
203472
203471
203470
209823
166240
169480
162705
169481
166241
169482
166242
169483
162706
162707
169484
169485
203496
162708
169486
203495
169464
203469
244210
237194
237194
237248
237192
237193
237190
237191
221949
221950
221951
221952
221945
221946
221947
221948
221360
221361
221358
221359
HMI
GOT2000 series
Overview
GT2103-PMBD
GT2103-PMBDS
GT2308-VTBA
GT2308-VTBD
GT2310-VTBA
GT2310-VTBD
GT2508-VTBA
GT2508-VTBD
GT2508-VTWA
GT2508-VTWD
GT2510-VTBA
GT2510-VTBD
GT2510-VTWA
GT2510-VTWD
GT2512-STBA
GT2512-STBD
GT2708-STBA
GT2708-STBD
GT2708-VTBA
GT2708-VTBD
GT2710-STBA
GT2710-STBD
GT2710-VTBA
GT2710-VTBD
GT2710-VTWA
GT2710-VTWD
GT2712-STBA
GT2712-STWA
GT2712-STBD
GT2712-STWD
GT2715-XTBA
GT2715-XTBD
Display unit
Interfaces
Type
Colour
Dimensions (mm)
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
monochrome, 32 grey scales
monochrome, 32 grey scales
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
89x35.6 (3.8 ")
89x35.6 (3.8 ")
170.9x128.2 (8.4 ")
170.9x128.2 (8.4 ")
211.2x158.4 (10.4 ")
211.2x158.4 (10.4 ")
170.9x128.2 (8.4 ")
170.9x128.2 (8.4 ")
170.9x128.2 (8.4 ")
170.9x128.2 (8.4 ")
211.2x158.4 (10.4")
211.2x158.4 (10.4")
211.2x158.4 (10.4")
211.2x158.4 (10.4")
246x184.5 (12.1")
246x184.5 (12.1")
170.9x128.2 (8.4 ")
170.9x128.2 (8.4 ")
170.9x128.2 (8.4 ")
170.9x128.2 (8.4 ")
211.2x158.4 (10.4")
211.2x158.4 (10.4")
211.2x158.4 (10.4")
211.2x158.4 (10.4")
211.2x158.4 (10.4")
211.2x158.4 (10.4")
246x184.5 (12.1")
246x184.5 (12.1")
246x184.5 (12.1")
246x184.5 (12.1")
304.1x228.1 (15")
304.1x228.1 (15")
RS232
RS232C
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
RS422
RS485
USB
Ethernet
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
CF slot
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
SD memory
card
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Art. no.
279809
279810
270570
270571
270568
270569
276819
276820
276821
276822
276815
276816
276817
276818
281858
281859
270564
270565
270566
270567
270558
270559
270560
270561
270562
270563
270504
270556
270555
270557
275975
275976
6
HMI
Model
GOT Simple series
Overview
Model
GS2107-WTBD
GS2110-WTBD
Display unit
Interfaces
Type
Colour
Dimensions (mm)
RS232
TFT
TFT
LCD, 65536 colours
LCD, 65536 colours
154x85.9 (7")
222x132.5 (10")
V
V
RS232C
RS422
V
V
RS485
USB
Ethernet
V
V
CF slot
SD memory
card
V
V
Art. no.
273362
273361
57
HMI
Industrial Panel PCs
Nowadays industrial PC´s are a inherent part
of automation and process control. The new
series of APPC/IPPC industrial PC´s provides
outstanding computer performance based on
energy-saving Intel® Processors. Designed for
use in demanding applications in industrial
environments, these IPC´s feature high quality,
fast performance, attractive design and a
brilliantly legible displays. A wide operating and
storage temperature range, tough vibration
resistance and high IP ratings mean these IPC´s
can be used in locations users could never
consider before. All IPC´s are equipped with a
fanless high performance CPU (Intel® Atom™/
Core™ i5) and SSD drives. This reduces the risk
of a production stop with all the consequences
and cost due to the failure of a moving part.
APPC/IPPC series
HMI
6
APPC/IPPC series
Display
Resolutionpixel
Format
Brightnesscd/m2
Touchscreen
Backlight
APPC 1245T
12.1" TFT
1024x768
4:3
500
Resistive, 5wire
LED
Pantone black/
RAL 15 00 front bezel w/
Pantone 400C/RAL 090 80 10
metal style membrane
APPC 1540T
15" TFT
1024x768
4:3
400
Resistive, 5wire
LED
Pantone black/
RAL 15 00 front bezel w/
Pantone 400C/RAL 090 80 10
metal style membrane
APPC 1740T
17" TFT
1280x1024
4:3
350
Resistive, 5wire
LED
Pantone black/
RAL 15 00 front bezel w/
Pantone 400C/RAL 090 80 10
metal style membrane
Mounting
Panel/wall/stand/VESA
Panel/wall/stand/VESA
Panel/wall/stand/VESA
Processor
Intel® Atom™ E3826,
1.46 GHz
4 GB
Intel® Atom™ E3826,
1.46 GHz
4 GB
Intel® Atom™ E3826,
1.46 GHz
4 GB
I/O
2xRS232/422/485, 2xLAN,
1xVGA, 1xMic, 3xUSB, PS2,
4xDIG/IN, 4xDIG/OUT
2xRS232/422/485, 2xLAN,
1xVGA, 1xMic, 3xUSB, PS2,
2xRS232/422/485, 2xLAN,
1xVGA, 1xMic, 3xUSB, PS2,
Field bus options
—
—
—
Drives
Power supply
Cooling
Protection class
OS
Weightkg
Dimensions (WxHxD) mm
64 GB SSD MLC
12 V–30 V DC
Fanless
IP65 front
Windows®7 Pro
4
317x243x65.89
64 GB SSD MLC
12 V–30 V DC
Fanless
IP65 front
Windows®7 Pro
5
384.37x309.95x63.2
285159
Colour
RAM
Order information Art. no. 285158
58
IPPC 1560TP2E-DC
15" TFT
1024x768
4:3
400
Resistive, 5wire
LED
Pantone 432C/
RAL 70 24 front bezel
Aluminum front bezel with
SPPC nickel plated housing
Panel/wall/stand/VESA
100x100 mm
Intel® Core™ i5-3610ME,
2.7 GHz
4 GB
IPPC 1960TP2E-DC
19" TFT
1280x1024
4:3
350
Resistive, 5wire
LED
Pantone 432C/
RAL 70 24 front bezel
Aluminum front bezel with
SPPC nickel plated housing
Panel/wall/stand/VESA
100x100 mm
Intel® Core™ i5-3610ME,
2.7 GHz
4 GB
IPPC-2160P
21.5" TFT
1920x1080
16:9
300
Projective capacitive
LED
Pantone 432C/
RAL 70 24 front bezel
Aluminum front bezel with
SPPC nickel plated housing
64 GB SSD MLC
12 V–30 V DC
Fanless
IP65 front
Windows®7 Pro
6.7
410.4x340.4x65.9
Intel® i5-3610ME,
2.7 GHz
4 GB
Isolation 2x RS232/422/485
2xRS232/422/485, 2xLAN,
2xRS232/422/485, 2xLAN,
by BIOS setting, 2xGbE,
1xVGA, 1xMic, 4xUSB, 2xPS2, 1xVGA, 1xMic, 4xUSB, 2xPS2, 1xVGA, 1xLine-out, 4xUSB,
Isolation DIO, Fieldbus I/O
Profinet, Profibus,
Profinet, Profibus,
Profinet, Profibus,
DeviceNet™, EtherNet/IP and DeviceNet™, EtherNet/IP and DeviceNet™, EtherNet/IP and
EtherCAT
EtherCAT
EtherCAT
64 GB SSD MLC
64 GB SSD MLC
64 GB SSD MLC
9 V–30 V DC
9 V–30 V DC
220 V AC
Fanless
Fanless
Fanless
IP66 front
IP66 front
IP66 front
Windows®7 Pro
Windows®7 Pro
Windows®7 Pro
9
10.6
9.26
477.64x310x95.72
477.64x399.24x99.38
562.4x382.4x62.85
285160
285161
285162
Panel Mount
284433
For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.
Frequency Inverters
With most Mitsubishi Electric Frequency Inverters an overload capacity of 200 % is standard.
This means they deliver double the performance
of the competing inverters with the same rating.
Mitsubishi Electric inverters also have active
current limiting. This provides the perfect
response characteristics of the current vector
system and gives you the confidence you need
Feature
FR-D700 SC
for demanding drive applications. The system
instantly identifies overcurrents and limits them
automatically with its fast response, allowing
the motor to continue operating normally at the
current threshold.
Mitsubishi Electric inverters are also able to
communicate with industry standard bus
systems, like Ethernet TCP/IP, Ethernet IP,
EtherCat, Profinet, Profibus DP, Profibus DPV1,
DeviceNet™, CC-Link, CC-Link IE Field, ­LonWorks,
RS485/­Modbus®/RTU, CanOpen, BacNet making
it possible to integrate frequency inverters as
part of a complete automation system.
FR-E700 SC
FR-F700
Rated motor output range
0.1–7.5 kW
0.1–15 kW
0.75–630 kW
Frequency range
0.2–400 Hz
Single-phase,
200–240 V (-15 %/+10 %)
Three-phase,
380–480 V (-15 %/+10 %)
0.2–400 Hz
Single-phase,
200–240 V (-15 %/+10 %)
Three-phase,
380–480 V (-15 %/+10 %)
0.5–400 Hz
IP20
IP20
Power supply
Protection
zz V/f control
zz Sensorless vector control
zz Brake transistor
zz Safe Torque Off (STO)
according EN 61800-5-2
zz Torque limit
zz Ext. brake control
zz Flying start
zz Remote I/O
zz Life time diagnostics
Specifications
Refer to page 60
Refer to page 61
Singlephase
Special functions
zz V/f control
zz Sensorless vector control
zz Brake transistor
zz Safe Torque Off (STO)
according EN 61800-5-2
zz Energy saving control
(Optimum excitation control)
zz Life time diagnostics
zz Dancer control
D720S SC
E720S SC
Mitsubishi Electric inverters are real energy
savers achieving maximum drive capacity
utilisation with minimum power consumption.
Flux optimisation ensures that the connected
motor only gets exactly the amount of magnetic
flux required for optimum efficiency. This is
particularly important at low speeds as motors
are normally using a voltage/frequency control
system.
FR-A741/FR-A770
FR-A741: 5.5–55 kW
FR-A770: 355–560 kW
0.2–400 Hz
FR-A800
FR-A800: 0.4–630 kW
FR-A846: 0.4–160 kW
0.2–590 Hz
Three-phase,
Three-phase,
200–240 V
FR-A741: 380–480 V (-15 %/+10 %) FR-A820:
FR-A840/A842: 380–500 V
FR-A770: 600–690 V (±10 %)
(-15 %/+10 %)
FR-A800:
IP00/IP20
IP00
FR-A846: IP55
Three-phase,
380–500 V (-15 %/+10 %)
FR-F740: IP00/IP20
zz Energy saving control
zz Simple magnetic flux vector
control
zz V/f control
zz Traverse function
zz Switch motor to direct mains
operation
zz Special function for the water
and HVAC application
zz Regeneration avoidance
function
zz Flying start
zz Life time diagnostics
zz Integrated PLC function
zz Integrated BACNet
zz Pre-charge function
Refer to page 62
zz Torque control
zz Positon control
zz Real sensorless vector control
zz Closed loop vector control
zz Integrated PLC function
zz Easy gain tuning
zz Life time diagnostics
zz Integrated EMC filter
zz Torque control
zz Positon control
zz Real sensorless vector control
zz PM sensorless vector control
zz Closed loop vector control
zz Safe Torque Off (STO)
according EN 61800-5-2
zz Trace function
zz Integrated PLC function
zz AC & PM motor autotuning
zz Anti sway function
zz Easy gain tuning
zz Life time diagnostics
zz Integrated EMC filter
Refer to page 64
Refer to page 66
0.1–2.2 kW
0.4–7.5 kW
D740 SC
0.4–15 kW
E740 SC
0.75–630 kW
Three-phase
F740
F746
0.75–55 kW
A741
5.5–55 kW
355–630 kW
A770
0.4–132 kW
A820
0.4–355 kW
A840
315–500 kW
A842
0.4–160 kW
A846
0 kW
55 kW
100 kW
200 kW
300 kW
400 kW
500 kW
600 kW
59
7
Frequency Inverters
Mitsubishi Electric’s comprehensive range of
frequency inverters offers a wealth of benefits
for the user, making it easy to choose the perfect
solution for every drive application.
Frequency Inverters
FR-D700 SC ultra-compact standard inverters
D700-SC
Frequency Inverters
7
Input
Control
Order information
zz Pumps
The small dimensions render the FR-D700 SC
series frequency inverters ideal for use in
restricted spaces. New functions such as intermediate circuit control of the ouput frequency,
the dancer roll control or the traverse function,
facilitate universal use in numerous applications
such as
zz Industrial washing machines
FR-D720S-m-SC-EC/-E6
008
014
025
Product line
Output
The FR-D700 SC is a pace-setter in the miniature
drive system class with integrated safe torque
off function according EN61800-5-2. It features
simple and secure operation and a wide range
of technology functions.
100
0.75
1.5
2.2
kW 0.1
Rated output capacity b
kVA 0.3
0.5
1.0
1.6
2.8
3.8
A 0.8
1.4
2.5
4.2
7.0
10.0
Overload capacity 4
Voltage 5
Brake transistor
Maximum brake torque with FR-ABR(H) option
Power supply voltage
Voltage range
Power supply frequency
kVA
Rated input capacity 6
Acceleration/deceleration time
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics
Braking torque
DC braking
Single painted PCB(EC)
Double painted PCB (E6)
0.4
070
Rated motor capacity a
Rated current c
0.2
042
zz Fans
zz Presses
zz Conveyor belts
zz Automatic shelf systems
FR-D740-m-SC-EC/-E6
012
022
036
0.4
0.75
1.5
(0.55)
(1.1)
(2.2)
1.2
2.0
3.0
1.2
2.2
3.6
(1.4)
(2.6)
(4.3)
050
2.2
(3)
4.6
5.0
(6.0)
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 0.5 s
3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
—
Built-in
100 % torque/10 % ED
1-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
3-phase, 380–480 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz
325–528 V AC at 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz ±5 %
0.5
0.9
1.5
2.3
4.0
5.2
1.5
2.5
4.5
5.5
0.1 to 3600 s (may be set individually for acceleration and deceleration)
Linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode selectable
Operating frequency: 0–120 Hz, operating time: 0–10 s, voltage: 0–30 % (externally adjustable)
Art. no. 247595
Art. no. 266097
247596
266098
247597
266099
247598
266100
247599
266100
247600
266102
247601
266103
247602
266104
247603
266135
247604
266136
080
3.7
(4)
7.2
8.0
(9.6)
120
5.5
(7.5)
9.1
12.0
(14.4)
160
7.5
(11)
13.0
16.0
(19.2)
9.5
12
17
247605
266137
247606
266137
247607
266139
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The motor capacity ratings in brackets are for ambient temperatures up to 40 °C.
2 The specifications of the rated output capacity are related to a motor voltage of 440 V.
3 The rated output current in brackets are for ambient temperatures up to 40 °C.
4 The % value of the overload capacity indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
5 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range. However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged
at about √2 that of the power supply.
6 The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).
60
Frequency Inverters
FR-E700 SC compact inverters
Product line
Output
Input
Control
Order information
zz Textile machines
zz Door and gate actuators
zz Elevators
zz Cranes
zz Material handling systems
FR-E720S-mSC-EC/-E6
FR-E740-mSC-EC/-E6
008
015
030
050
080
110
016
026
040
060
0.2
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
Rated motor capacity a kW 0.1
0.6
1.2
2
3.2
4.4
1.2
2
3
4.6
Rated output capacity b kVA 0.3
1.5
3
5
8
11
1.6
2.6
4
6
A 0.8
Rated current 3
(0.8)
(1.4)
(2.5)
(4.1)
(7)
(10)
(1.4)
(2.2)
(3.8)
(5.4)
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s
Overload capacity d
3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
3-phase, 0 V up to power supply voltage
Voltage e
Brake transistor
—
Built-in
150 %
100 %
50 %
20 %
100 %
50 %
20 %
regenerative f
Maximum brake torque with FR-ABR(H)
100 % torque/10 % ED
option
Power supply voltage
1-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
3-phase, 380–480 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
Voltage range
170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz
325–528 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Power supply frequency
50/60 Hz ±5 %
0.9
1.5
2.5
4
5.2
1.5
2.5
4.5
5.5
Rated input capacity g kVA 0.5
Acceleration/deceleration time
0.01–360 s, 0.1–3600 s (may be set individually for acceleration and deceleration)
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics
Linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode selectable
Braking torque
DC braking
Operating frequency: 0–120 Hz, operating time: 0–10 s, voltage: 0–30 % (externally adjustable)
Single painted PCB
Double painted PCB (E6)
095
3.7
7.2
9.5
(8.7)
120
5.5
9.1
170
7.5
13
230
11
17.5
300
15
23
12
17
23
30
7
100 % torque/
6 % ED
9.5
12
17
20
28
Art. no. 234795 234796 234797 234798 234799 234800 234801 234802 234803 234804 234805 234806 234807 234808 234809
Art. no. 240974 240975 240976 240977 240978 240979 240980 240981 240982 240983 240984 240985 240986 240987 240988
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor.
2 The specifications of the rated output capacity are related to a motor voltage of 440 V.
3 Setting 2 kHz or more in Pr. 72 PWM frequency selection to perform low acoustic noise operation with the ambient temperature exceeding 40 °C, the rated output current is the value in parenthesis.
4 The % value of the overload capacity indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
5 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range. However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged
at about√2 that of the power supply.
6 The braking torque indicated is a short-duration average torque (which varies with motor loss) when the motor alone is decelerated from 60 Hz in the shortest time and is not a continuous regenerative torque. When the motor is decelerated from the frequency higher than the base frequency, the average deceleration torque will reduce. Since the inverter does not contain a brake resistor, use the optional brake resistor FR-ABR-(H) when regenerative energy is large.
A brake unit FR-BU2 or BU2 may also be used. (Option brake resisitor cannot be used for FR-E720S-008SC and 015SC.)
7 The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).
61
Frequency Inverters
This frequency inverter has enhanced functions and performance, like an integrated USB
interface, an digital dial with display and higher
power output at low speed. Additional removable optioncards, like 16 bit digital input card
(FR-A7AX E kit) or CC-Link card FR-A7NC E kit
makes the inverter suitable vor versatile applications like:
Frequency Inverters
FR-F700 energy saving inverters
Product line
Frequency Inverters
7
Output
Input
Control
5
Rated motor kW 120 % overload capacity (SLD)
capacity 1 150 % overload capacity (LD)
I rated 6
120 %
I max. 60
overload
capacity (SLD) 5 I max. 3 s
Rated
A
current 6
I rated 6
150 %
I max. 60
overload
capacity (LD)
I max. 3 s
SLD 5
Rated output
capacity kVA LD
SLD
Overload
capacity 2
LD
Voltage 3
Frequency range
Carrier frequency
Power supply voltage
Voltage range
Power supply frequency
SLD 5
Rated input
capacity 4 kVA LD
Acceleration/deceleration time
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics
DC injection brake
Single painted PCB
Double painted PCB (-E1)
Order information 7 Input power frame
Control card FR-CF70-EC
Mitsubishi Electric’s FR-F700 series is a range of
frequency inverters with truly exceptional power
conservation capabilities. These inverters are
ideal for pumps, ventilation fans and applications
with reduced overload requirements such as:
zz Fans and blowers
zz Air conditioning systems, e.g. in
building management (integrated BACNet)
zz Ground water pumps
zz Air extraction systems
zz Drive systems with high idling rates
zz Hydraulics systems
zz Compressors
zz Sewage and drains systems
zz Heat pumps
FR-F740-m-EC/-E1
00023 00038 00052 00083 00126 00170 00250 00310 00380 00470 00620 00770 00930
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
2.3
3.8
5.2
8.3
12.6
17
25
31
38
47
62
77
93
2.5
4.2
5.7
9.1
13.9
18.7
27.5
34.1
41.8
51.7
68.2
84.7
102.3
2.8
4.6
6.2
10
15.1
20.4
30
37.2
45.6
56.4
74.4
92.4
111.6
2.1
3.5
4.8
7.6
11.5
16
23
29
35
43
57
70
85
2.5
4.2
5.8
9.1
13.8
19.2
27.6
34.8
42
51.6
68.4
84
102
3.1
5.2
7.2
11.4
17.2
24
34.5
43.5
52.5
64.5
85.5
105
127.5
1.8
2.9
4.0
6.3
9.6
13
19.1
23.6
29.0
35.8
47.3
58.7
70.9
1.6
2.7
3.7
5.8
8.8
12.2
17.5
22.1
26.7
32.8
43.4
53.3
64.8
120 % of rated motor capacity for 3 s; 110 % for 1 min. (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – typical for pumps and fans
150 % of rated motor capacity for 3 s; 120 % for 1 min. (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – typical for conveyor belts and centrifuges
3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
0.5–400 Hz
0.7–14.5 kHz (user adjustable)
3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz ±5 %
2.8
5.0
6.1
10
13
19
22
31
37
45
57
73
88
2.5
4.5
5.5
9
12
17
20
28
34
41
52
66
80
0; 0.1 to 3600 s (can be set individually)
Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time (0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.
01160
55
55
116
127.5
139.2
106
127.2
159
88.4
80.8
110
100
156569 156570 156571 156572 156573 156594 156595 156596 156597 156598 156599
158589 158591 158592 158593 158594 158595 158596 158597 158598 158599 158600 158601 158602 158603
Art. no.
169827 169828 169829
189878 189878 189878
Remarks:
1 The performance figures at the rated motor capacity are based on a motor voltage of 440 V AC.
2 The overload capacity in % is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated current in the respective operating mode. For repeated duty cycles allow sufficient time for the inverter and the motor to cool below the temperature
reached at 100 % load. The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
3 The maximum output voltage cannot exceed the power supply voltage. The output voltage can be varied over the entire power supply voltage range.
4 The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
5 When the load curve with 120 % overload capacity is selected the maximum permitted ambient temperature is 40 °C.
6 When operating with carrier frequencies ≥2 kHz this value is reduced automatically as soon as the frequency inverter exceeds 85 % of the rated output current.
62
Frequency Inverters
Product line
Output
Input
5
Rated motor kW 120 % overload capacity (SLD)
capacity 1 150 % overload capacity (LD)
I rated 6
120 %
overload
I max. 60
capacity (SLD) 5 I max. 3 s
Rated
A
6
current I rated 6
150 %
overload
I max. 60
capacity (LD)
I max. 3 s
SLD 5
Rated output
capacity [kVA]
LD
SLD
Overload
capacity 2
LD
Voltage 3
Frequency range
Carrier frequency
Power supply voltage
Voltage range
Power supply frequency
5
Rated input kVA SLD
capacity 4
LD
Frequency inverters
Order in7 Input power frame
formation
Control card FR-CF70-ECT
FR-F740-m-EC
01800 02160 02600 03250 03610 04320 04810 05470 06100 06830 07700 08660 09620 10940
90
110
132
160
185
220
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
560
75
90
110
132
160
185
220
250
280
315
355
400
450
500
180
216
260
325
361
432
481
547
610
683
770
866
962
1094
198
238
286
357
397
475
529
602
671
751
847
953
1058 1203
216
259
312
390
433
518
577
656
732
820
924
1039
1154 1313
144
180
216
260
325
361
432
481
547
610
683
770
866
962
173
216
259
312
390
433
518
577
656
732
820
924
1039 1154
216
270
324
390
487
541
648
721
820
915
1024
1155
1299 1443
137
165
198
248
275
329
367
417
465
521
587
660
733
834
110
137
165
198
248
275
329
367
417
465
521
587
660
733
120 % of rated motor capacity for 3 s; 110 % for 1 min. (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – typical for pumps and fans
150 % of rated motor capacity for 3 s; 120 % for 1 min. (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – typical for conveyor belts and centrifuges
3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
0.5–400 Hz
0.7–6 kHz (user adjustable)
3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz ±5 %
137
165
198
248
275
329
367
417
465
520
587
660
733
834
110
137
165
198
248
275
329
367
417
465
520
587
660
733
12120
630
560
1212
1333
1454
1094
1313
1641
924
834
924
834
Art. no. 169830 169831 169832 169833 169834 169835 169836 169837 169838 169839 169840 169841 169842 169843 169844
189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879 189879
7
Frequency Inverters
Remarks:
1 The performance figures at the rated motor capacity are based on a motor voltage of 440 V AC.
2 The overload capacity in % is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated current in the respective operating mode. For repeated duty cycles allow sufficient time for the inverter and the motor to cool below the temperature
reached at 100 % load. The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
3 The maximum output voltage cannot exceed the power supply voltage. The output voltage can be varied over the entire power supply voltage range.
4 The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
5 When the load curve with 120 % overload capacity is selected the maximum permitted ambient temperature is 40 °C.
6 When operating with carrier frequencies ≥2 kHz this value is reduced automatically as soon as the frequency inverter exceeds 85 % of the rated output current.
63
Frequency Inverters
FR-A741 high-end inverters with integrated power regeneration function
zz 100 % braking energy infeed
The FR-A741 is the latest addition to the highperformance FR-A700 series and sets new
standards with an integrated power regeneration function that also improves braking
performance.
zz No braking resistor required
zz No external braking chopper required
zz Up to 40 % less installation space, depending
on the output capacity
Featuring a large number of innovative technologies, this compact frequency inverter delivers
exceptional performance and is ideal for hoist
drives and high-powered machines with torque
that can be used for regenerative braking.
zz Integrated AC reactor
zz Integrated PLC function
zz PM auto tuning
Compared to a frequency inverter with standard
braking technology it offers decisive advantages:
Product line
Output
Frequency Inverters
7
Input
Control
Rated motor kW 200 % overload capacity (ND)
capacity 1 Rated
A 200 % overload capacity (ND)
current 3
Rated output capacity 2kVA
Overload capacity 3
Voltage d
Frequency range Hz
Regenerative braking torque
Carrier frequency kHz
Power supply voltage
Voltage range
Power supply frequency
Rated input capacity ekVA
Acceleration/deceleration time
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics
DC injection brake
Order information
FR-A741-m
5.5K
7.5K
11K
15K
18.5K
22K
30K
37K
45K
55K
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
12
17
23
31
38
44
57
71
9.1
13
17.5
23.6
29
32.8
43.4
54
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C)
3-phase AC, 0 V to power supply voltage
0.2–400
100 % continuous/150 % for 60 s
0.7–14.5
3-phase, 380–480 V AC, -15 %/+10 %
323–528 V AC at 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz ±5 %
12
17
20
28
34
41
52
66
0; 0.1–3600 s (can be set individually)
Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.
Art. no. 216905
216906
216907
216908
216909
Remarks:
1 The rated motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor.
2 The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 440 V.
3 The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current.
For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
4 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
5 The power supply capacity varies with the value of the power supply side inverter impedance (including those of the input choke and cables).
64
217397
216910
216911
86
110
65
84
80
100
216912
216913
Frequency Inverters
FR-A770 inverters
The frequency inverter FR-A770 is the first
choice for operation under rough environmental
conditions like waste water treatment, mining, oil industry or shipping. It was especially
designed for industrial networks with 690 V
power supply.
zz Overload capacity of 150 % for 60 sec
zz Integrated PLC function
zz Standard interfaces USB, RS485 and
­Modbus®/RTU
zz The functionality of the FR-A770 is based on
the series FR-A740-EC.
zz Compatible to standard networks like
­CC-Link, CC-Link IE Field, Profibus DP, Profinet,
EtherNet IP, DeviceNet™ and LonWorks
zz Power supply voltage 690 V
zz Plug and play integarion into motion systems
zz Rated motor capacity of 355 kW and 630 kW
Product line
Rated motor
capacity 1
Control
560/630
Order information
2
150 % overA load capacity
Art. no. 268859
7
Frequency Inverters
Input
560/630K
355/400
611 (545) 2
I rated
401 (344)
I max. 60 s
602 (516)
917 (818)
Rated output capacity kVA 479 (411)
730 (651)
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s
Overload capacity
Frequency range
0.2–400 Hz
Modulation control
PPM control with 2 kHz carrier frequency
Power supply voltage
3-phase, 600–690 V AC, ±10 %
Voltage range
540–759 V AC at 50/60 Hz
Power supply frequency
50/60 Hz ±5 %
Rated input capacity kVA 463
730
Acceleration/deceleration time
0; 0.1–3600 s (can be set individually)
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics
Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.
Rated current Output
150 % overload capacity
FR-A770-m-K-79
355/400K
268860
Remarks:
1 Motor capacity derating is required when input voltage is below 660 V.
2 When operating the vector control using a motor with encoder and a plug-in option FR-A7AP/FR-A7AL, the related output current is the value in parentheses and maximum surrounding air temperature reduces to 40 °C.
The following functions are not available: power failure-time deceleration-to-stop function, DC feeding, regenerative function, soft PWM operation selection.
65
Frequency Inverters
FR-A800 high-end inverters
The FR-A800 frequency inverters combine innovative functions and reliable technology with
maximum power, economy and flexibility.
The FR-A800 is the appropriate inverter for
demanding drive tasks with requirements for
high torque and excellent frequency precision
and for positioning applications.
For applications under special environmental
conditions, there is also a dust- and water-proof
type availible with protective structure IP55.
The wide range of functionality, like programable
PLC function, the outstanding drive features and
the possibility of controlling IM and PM motors
makes the inverter suitable vor versatile applications like:
Product line
Frequency Inverters
7
Output
Input
Control
zz Chemical machines
zz Winding machines
zz Printing machines
zz Cranes and lifting gear
zz High-bay warehousing systems
zz Extruders
zz Centrifuges
zz Machine tools
FR-A840-m-2-60
00023 00038 00052 00083 00126 00170 00250 00310 00380 00470 00620 00770 00930 01160
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
150 % overload capacity (LD) 0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
Rated motor
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
250 % overload capacity (HD) 0.2
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
I rated
2.3
3.8
5.2
8.3
12.6
17
25
31
38
47
62
77
93
116
120 %
overload
I max. 60 s 2.1
4.2
5.7
9.1
13.9
18.7
27.5
34.1
41.8
51.7
68.2
84.7
102.3
127.6
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 2.8
4.6
6.2
10.0
15.1
20.4
30.0
37.2
45.6
56.4
74.4
92.4
111.6
139.2
I rated
2.1
3.5
4.8
7.6
11.5
16
23
29
35
43
57
70
85
106
150 %
overload
I max. 60 s 2.5
4.2
5.8
9.1
13.8
19.2
27.6
34.8
42.0
51.6
68.4
84.0
102.0
127.2
capacity (LD)
I max. 3 s 3.2
5.3
7.2
11.4
17.3
24.0
34.5
43.5
52.5
64.5
85.5
105.0
127.5
159.0
Rated
A
current
I rated
1.5
2.5
4
6
9
12
17
23
31
38
44
57
71
86
200 %
overload
I max. 60 s 2.3
3.8
6.0
9.0
13.5
18.0
25.5
34.5
46.5
57.0
66.0
85.5
106.5
129.0
capacity (ND)
I max. 3 s 3.0
5.0
8.0
12.0
18.0
24.0
34.0
46.0
62.0
76.0
88.0
114.0
142.0
172.0
I rated
0.8
1.5
2.5
4
6
9
12
17
23
31
38
44
57
71
250 %
overload
I max. 60 s 1.6
3.0
5.0
8.0
12.0
18.0
24.0
34.0
46.0
62.0
76.0
88.0
114.0
142.0
capacity (HD)
I max. 3 s 2.0
3.8
6.3
10.0
15.0
22.5
30.0
42.5
57.5
77.5
95.0
110.0
142.5
177.5
SLD
110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
LD
120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload
capacity 2
ND
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD
200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Voltage 3
3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
Frequency range
0.2–590 Hz
Control method
V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor 100 % ED
Built-in
100 % torque/2 % ED with built-in brake resistor
20 % torque/continuous
Maximum brake regenerative
torque
100 % torque/10 %ED
100 % torque/6 %ED
—
with FR-ABR option 7
Over exitation brake
up to 150 % torque
Minimum brake resistance values 6Ω 371
236
190
130
83
66
45
34
34
21
21
13.5
13.5
13.5
Power supply voltage
3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %/External power supply of 24 V DC for control circuit
Voltage range
323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz (Undervoltage level is selectable by parameter.)
Power supply frequency
50/60 Hz ±5 %
SLD
3.2
5.4
7.8
10.9
16.4
22.5
31.7
40.3
48.2
58.4
76.8
97.6
115
141
3
4.9
7.3
10.1
15.1
22.3
31
38.2
44.9
53.9
75.1
89.7
106
130
Rated input A LD
current h
12.3
17.4
22.5
31
40.3
48.2
56.5
75.1
91
108
ND
2.3
3.7
6.2
8.3
HD
1.4
2.3
3.7
6.2
8.3
12.3
17.4
22.5
31
40.3
48.2
56.5
75.1
91
SLD
2.5
4.1
5.9
8.3
12
17
24
31
37
44
59
74
88
107
2.3
3.7
5.5
7.7
12
17
24
29
34
41
57
68
81
99
Power supply kVA LD
capacity 4
ND
1.7
2.8
4.7
6.3
9.4
13
17
24
31
37
43
57
69
83
HD
1.1
1.7
2.8
4.7
6.3
9.4
13
17
24
31
37
43
57
69
Acceleration/deceleration time
0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics
Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.
Order information Remarks:
Explanation for 1 to 8 see next page.
66
zz Conveyor technology
Art. no. 266741
266742
266743
266744
266745
266746
266747
266748
266749
266750
266751
266752
266753
266754
Frequency Inverters
Output
Input
Control
FR-A840-m-2-60
01800
02160
02600
03250
03610
04320
04810
05470
06100
06830
120 % overload capacity (SLD) 75/90
110
132
160
185
220
250
280
315
355
150 % overload capacity (LD) 75
90
110
132
160
185
220
250
280
315
Rated motor
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND) 55
75
90
110
132
160
185
220
250
280
250 % overload capacity (HD) 45
55
75
90
110
132
160
185
220
250
I rated
180
216
260
325
361
432
481
547
610
683
120 %
overload
I max. 60 s 198
238
286
358
397
475
529
602
671
751
capacity (SLD) I max. 3 s 216
259
312
390
433
518
577
656
732
820
I
rated
144
180
216
260
325
361
432
481
547
610
150 %
overload
I max. 60 s 173
216
259
312
390
433
518
577
656
732
capacity (LD)
I max. 3 s 216
270
324
390
488
542
648
722
821
915
Rated
A
current
I rated
110
144
180
216
260
325
361
432
481
547
200 %
overload
I max. 60 s 165
216
270
324
390
488
542
648
722
821
capacity (ND)
I max. 3 s 220
288
360
432
520
650
722
864
962
1094
I rated
86
110
144
180
216
260
325
361
432
481
250 %
overload
I max. 60 s 172
220
288
360
432
520
650
722
864
962
capacity (HD)
I max. 3 s 215
275
360
450
540
650
813
903
1080
1203
SLD
110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
LD
120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
Overload
capacity 2
ND
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
HD
200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
Voltage 3
Frequency range
0.2–590 Hz
Control method
V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Brake transistor 100 % ED
Built-in
FR-BU2/BU-UFS (option)
20 %
torque/
10 % torque/continuous
Maximum brake regenerative
continuous
torque 6
—
—
with FR-ABR option g
Over exitation brake
up to 150 % torque
—
Minimum brake resistance values 6Ω 13.5
Power supply voltage
3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %/External power supply of 24 V DC for control circuit
Voltage range
323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz (Undervoltage level is selectable by parameter.)
Power supply frequency
50/60 Hz ±5 %
SLD
180
216
260
325
361
432
481
547
610
683
144
180
216
260
325
361
432
481
547
610
Rated input kVA LD
current h
ND
134
144
180
216
260
325
361
432
481
547
HD
108
110
144
180
216
260
325
361
432
481
198
248
275
329
367
417
465
521
SLD
137
165
110
137
165
198
248
275
329
367
417
465
Power supply kVA LD
capacity 4
ND
102
110
137
165
198
248
275
329
367
417
HD
83
84
110
137
165
198
248
275
329
367
Acceleration/deceleration time
0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics
Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.
Order information Art. no. 266755
266756
266757
266758
266759
266760
266761
266762
266763
266764
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
2 The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
3 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
4 The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
5 FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
6 Value for the ND rating
7 The braking capability of the inverter can be improved with a optional brake resistor. Please do not use resistor values below the given minimum values.
8 The rated input current indicates a value at a rated output voltage. The impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables) affects the rated input current.
67
7
Frequency Inverters
Product line
Frequency Inverters
Product line
Output
Frequency Inverters
7
Power
supply
Control
FR-A842-m-2-60
07700
08660
09620
10940
400
450
500
560
355
400
450
500
315
355
400
450
280
315
355
400
770
866
962
1094
847
952
1058
1203
924
1039
1154
1314
683
770
866
962
820
924
1039
1154
1024
1155
1299
1443
610
683
770
866
915
1024
1155
1299
1220
1366
1540
1732
547
610
683
770
1094
1220
1366
1540
1367
1525
1707
1925
587
660
733
834
521
587
660
733
465
521
587
660
417
465
521
587
110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
3-phase AC, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
0.2–590 Hz
V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
10 % torque/continuous
up to 150 % torque
1-phase AC, 380–500 V at 50/60 Hz (low voltage level adjustable by parameter), 24 V DC
430–780 V DC
12120
120 % overload capacity (SLD)
630
150 % overload capacity (LD)
560
Rated motor
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND)
500
250 % overload capacity (HD)
450
I rated
1212
120 %
overload
I max. 60 s
1333
capacity (SLD)
I max. 3 s
1454
I rated
1094
150 %
overload
I max. 60 s
1314
capacity (LD)
I max. 3 s
1641
Rated
A
current
I rated
962
200 %
overload
I max. 60 s
1443
capacity (ND)
I max. 3 s
1924
I rated
866
250 %
overload
I max. 60 s
1732
capacity (HD)
I max. 3 s
2165
SLD
924
LD
834
Rated output
capacity 2 kVA ND
733
HD
660
SLD
LD
Overload
3
capacity
ND
HD
Voltage 4
Frequency range
Control method
Maximum brake torque regenerative
Over exitation brake
Separate power supply for control circuit
Power supply
Permissible fluctuation of seperated control circuit Frequency ±5 %, voltage ±10 %
power supply
Acceleration/deceleration time
0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics
Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
DC injection brake
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.
Order information Art. no. 266765
266766
266767
266768
266769
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
2 The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 440 V.
3 The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
4 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
68
Frequency Inverters
150 % overload capacity (LD)
200 % overload capacity (ND)
150 % overload capacity (LD)
Rated
A
current
200 % overload capacity (ND)
LD
Rated output
capacity 2 kVA ND
LD
Overload
capacity 3
ND
Voltage 4
Frequency range
Hz
Control method
Maximum brake torque regenerative
Over exitation brake
Power supply voltage
Voltage range
Frequency range
LD
Rated input
A
current
ND
Rated input kVA LD
capacity 5
ND
Acceleration/deceleration time
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics
Rated motor
capacity 1
Output
Power
supply
Control
kW
DC injection brake
Order information Art. no. 280792
Product line
150 % overload capacity (LD)
200 % overload capacity (ND)
150 % overload capacity (LD)
Rated
A
current
200 % overload capacity (ND)
LD
Rated output
capacity 2 kVA ND
LD
Overload
capacity 3
ND
Voltage 4
Frequency range
Hz
Control method
Maximum brake torque regenerative
Over exitation brake
Power supply voltage
Voltage range
Frequency range
LD
Rated input
A
current 5
ND
Rated input kVA LD
capacity 6
ND
Acceleration/deceleration time
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics
Rated motor
capacity 1
Output
Power
supply
Control
kW
DC injection brake
Order information FR-A846-m-L2
00023
00038
00052
00083
000126
00170
00250
00310
00380
00470
0,75
1,5
2,2
3,7
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
0,4
0,75
1,5
2,2
3,7
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
2,1
3,5
4,8
7,6
11,5
16
23
29
35
43
1,5
2,5
4
6
9
12
17
23
31
38
1,6
2,7
3,7
5,8
8,8
12
18
22
27
33
1,1
1,9
3
4,6
6,9
9,1
13
18
24
29
120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C)
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C)
3-phase, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
0,2–590
V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
10 % torque/continuous
up to 150 % torque
3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %/External power supply of 24 V DC for control circuit
323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz (low voltage level adjustable by parameter)
50/60 Hz ±5 %
2,1
3,5
4,8
7,6
11,5
16
23
29
35
43
1,5
2,5
4
6
9
12
17
23
31
38
1,6
2,7
3,7
5,8
8,8
12
18
22
27
33
1,1
1,9
3
4,6
6,9
9,1
13
18
24
29
0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.
280793
280794
280795
280796
280797
280798
280799
280800
280801
FR-A846-m-L2
00620
00770
00930
01160
01800
02160
02600
03250
03610
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
132
160
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
132
57
70
85
106
144
180
216
260
325
44
57
71
86
110
144
180
216
260
43
53
65
81
110
137
165
198
248
34
43
54
66
84
110
137
165
198
120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C)
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C)
3-phase, 380–500 V to power supply voltage
0,2–590
V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
10 % torque/continuous
up to 150 % torque
3-phase, 380–500 V AC, -15 %/+10 %/External power supply of 24 V DC for control circuit
323–550 V AC at 50/60 Hz (low voltage level adjustable by parameter)
50/60 Hz ±5 %
57
70
85
106
144
180
216
260
325
44
57
71
86
110
144
180
216
260
43
53
65
81
110
137
165
198
248
34
43
54
66
102
110
137
165
198
0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.
Art. no. 280802
280803
280804
280805
280806
280807
280808
280809
280810
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
2 The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 440 V.
3 The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
4 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
5 The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
6 The power supply capacity is the value at the rated output current. It varies by the impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables).
69
7
Frequency Inverters
Product line
Frequency Inverters
Product line
Output
Frequency Inverters
7
Input
Control
120 % overload capacity (SLD)
150 % overload capacity (LD)
Rated motor
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND)
250 % overload capacity (HD)
I rated
120 %
overload
I max. 60 s
capacity (SLD)
I max. 3 s
I rated
150 %
overload
I max. 60 s
capacity (LD)
I max. 3 s
Rated
A
current
I rated
200 %
overload
I max. 60 s
capacity (ND)
I max. 3 s
I rated
250 %
overload
I max. 60 s
capacity (HD)
I max. 3 s
SLD
LD
Rated output
capacity 2 kVA ND
HD
SLD
LD
Overload
capacity 3
ND
HD
Voltage 4
Frequency range
Control method
Brake transistor 100 % ED
Maximum brake regenerative
torque 5
with FR-ABR option 6
Over exitation brake
Power supply voltage
Voltage range
Power supply frequency
SLD
Rated input kVA LD
capacity 7
ND
HD
Acceleration/deceleration time
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics
DC injection brake
Order information FR-A820-m-1-N6
00046
00077
00105
00167
00250
00340
00490
00630
00770
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.0
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15.0
0.2
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11.0
4.6
7.7
10.5
16.7
25.0
34.0
49.0
63.0
77.0
5.1
8.5
11.5
18.4
27.5
37.4
53.9
69.3
84.7
5.5
9.3
12.6
20.0
30.0
40.8
58.8
75.6
92.4
4.2
7.0
9.6
15.2
23.0
31.0
45.0
58.0
70.5
5.0
8.4
11.5
18.2
27.6
37.2
54.0
69.6
84.6
6.3
10.5
14.4
22.8
34.5
46.5
67.5
87.0
105.8
3.0
5.0
8.0
11.0
17.5
24.0
33.0
46.0
61.0
4.5
7.5
12.0
16.5
26.3
36.0
49.5
69.0
91.5
6.0
10.0
16.0
22.0
35.0
48.0
66.0
92.0
122.0
1.5
3.0
5.0
8.0
11.0
17.5
24.0
33.0
46.0
3
6.0
10.0
16.0
22.0
35.0
48.0
66.0
92.0
3.8
7.5
12.5
20.0
27.5
43.8
60.0
82.5
115.0
1.8
2.9
4.0
6.4
10.0
13.0
19.0
24.0
29.0
1.6
2.7
3.7
5.8
8.8
12.0
17.0
22.0
27.0
1.1
1.9
3.0
4.2
6.7
9.1
13.0
18.0
23.0
0.6
1.1
1.9
3.0
4.2
6.7
9.1
13.0
18.0
110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
3-phase AC, 200–240 V to power supply voltage
0.2–590 Hz
V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Built-in
150 % torque/3 % ED 5
100 % torque/3 % ED 5
100 % torque/2 % ED 5
20 % torque/continuous
100 % ED
up to 150 % torque
3-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 %/External power supply of 24 V DC for control circuit
170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz ±5 %
2.0
3.4
5.0
7.5
12.0
17.0
24.0
31.0
37.0
1.9
3.2
4.7
7.0
11.0
16.0
22.0
29.0
35.0
1.5
2.4
4.0
5.4
8.6
13.0
17.0
23.0
30.0
0.9
1.5
2.4
4.0
5.4
8.6
13.0
17.0
23.0
0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.
Art. no. 284523
284524
284525
284526
284527
284528
284529
284530
284531
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
2 The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 220 V.
3 The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
4 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
5 Value by the built-in brake resistor.
6 The braking capability of the inverter can be improved with a optional brake resistor. Please do not use resistor values below the given minimum values.
7 The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
8 FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
9 The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.
70
Frequency Inverters
Output
Input
Control
120 % overload capacity (SLD)
150 % overload capacity (LD)
Rated motor
capacity 1 kW 200 % overload capacity (ND)
250 % overload capacity (HD)
I rated
120 %
overload
I max. 60 s
capacity (SLD)
I max. 3 s
I rated
150 %
overload
I max. 60 s
capacity (LD)
I max. 3 s
Rated
A
current
I rated
200 %
overload
I max. 60 s
capacity (ND)
I max. 3 s
I rated
250 %
overload
I max. 60 s
capacity (HD)
I max. 3 s
SLD
LD
Rated output
capacity 2 kVA ND
HD
SLD
LD
Overload
capacity 3
ND
HD
Voltage 4
Frequency range
Control method
Brake transistor 100 % ED
Maximum brake regenerative
torque 5
with FR-ABR option 6
Over exitation brake
Power supply voltage
Voltage range
Power supply frequency
SLD
Rated input kVA LD
capacity 7
ND
HD
Acceleration/deceleration time
Acceleration/deceleration characteristics
DC injection brake
Order information FR-A820-m-1-N6
00930
01250
01540
01870
02330
03160
03800
04750
22
30
37
45
55
75
90/110
132
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
75
93
125
154
187
233
316
380
475
102.3
137.5
169.4
205.7
256.3
347.6
418
522.5
111.6
150
184.8
246.8
279.6
379.2
456
570
85
114
140
170
212
288
346
432
102
136.8
168
204
257.4
345.6
415.2
518.4
127.5
171
210
255
318
432
519
648
76
90
115
145
175
215
288
346
114
135
172.5
217.5
262.5
322.5
432
519
152
180
230
290
350
430
576
692
61
76
90
115
145
175
215
288
122
152
180
230
290
350
430
576
152.5
190
225
287.5
362.5
437.5
537.5
720
35
48
59
71
89
120
145
181
32
43
53
65
81
110
132
165
29
34
44
55
67
82
110
132
23
29
34
44
55
67
82
110
110 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 120 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 40 °C) – inverse time characteristics
120 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 150 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
150 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 200 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s; 250 % for 3 s (max. ambient temperature 50 °C) – inverse time characteristics
3-phase AC, 200–240 V to power supply voltage
0.2–590 Hz
V/f; advanced magnetic flux vector, real sensorless vector (RSV), closed loop vector, PM sensorless vector control
Built-in
—
20 % torque/continuous
10 % torque/continuous
100 % ED
—
up to 150 % torque
3-phase, 200–240 V AC, -15 %/+10 %/External power supply of 24 V DC for control circuit
170–264 V AC at 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz ±5 %
44
58
70
84
103
120
145
181
41
53
68
79
97
110
132
165
37
43
57
69
82
101
110
132
30
37
43
57
69
82
82
110
0–3600 s (can be set individually), linear or S-pattern acceleration/deceleration mode, backlash measures acceleration/deceleration can be selected.
Linear or S-form course, user selectable
Operating frequency (0–120 Hz), operating time ( 0–10 s) and operating voltage (0–30 %) can be set individually.
The DC brake can also be activated via the digital input.
Art. no. 284532
284533
284760
284761
284762
284763
284764
284775
Remarks:
1 The applied motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor. The 200 % overload capacity (ND) is the factory default setting.
2 The rated output capacity indicated assumes that the output voltage is 220 V.
3 The % value of the overload capacity indicates the ratio of the overload current to the inverter's rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the inverter and motor to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
The waiting periods can be calculated using the r.m.s. current method (I²xt), which requires knowledge of the duty.
4 The maximum output voltage does not exceed the power supply voltage. The maximum output voltage can be changed within the setting range.
However, the pulse voltage value of the inverter output side voltage remains unchanged at about √2 that of the power supply.
5 Value by the built-in brake resistor.
6 The braking capability of the inverter can be improved with a optional brake resistor. Please do not use resistor values below the given minimum values.
7 The rated input capacity varies depending on the impedance values on the power supply side of the inverter (including the cables and input choke).
8 FR-DU08: IP40 (except for the PU connector)
9 The values displays the maximum possible heat dissipation. Please consider this values during setup of the cabinet.
71
7
Frequency Inverters
Product line
Frequency Inverters
Converter module FR-CC2
The converter module FR-CC2 is a diode
converter unit. It has to be used together with
the FR-A842 inverter unit. The separation of the
inverter and the converter module allows flexible design of different systems such as parallel
drive and common bus line to reduce cost and
to minimize installation space.
Product line
Rated motor capacity
Output
Input
315K
kW 315
400K
400
450K
450
500K
500
150 % for 60 s,
200 % for 3 s
560K
560
120 % for 60 s,
150 % for 3 s
630K
630
110 % for 60 s,
120 % for 3 s
770
587
866
660
962
733
1094
833
1212
924
274509
274510
274511
279637
279638
Overload capacity 1
200 % of rated motor capacity for 60 s, 250 % for 3 s
Voltage 2
Power supply voltage
Voltage range
Power supply frequency
Rated current
A
Rated input capacity 3kVA
430–780 V 4
3-phase, 380–500 V AC
3-phase, 323–550 V AC
50/60 Hz ±5 %
610
683
465
521
Order information Art. no. 274507
274508
1 The % value of the overload current rating indicated is the ratio of the overload current to the inverter’s rated output current. For repeated duty, allow time for the converter unit and the inverter to return to or below the temperatures under 100 % load.
2 The converter unit output voltage varies according to the input power supply voltage and the load. The maximum point of the voltage waveform at the converter unit output side is approximately the power supply voltage multiplied by √2.
3 The power supply capacity is the value at the rated output current. It varies by the impedance at the power supply side (including those of the input choke and cables).
4 The permissible voltage imbalance ratio is 3 % or less. (Imbalance ratio = (highest voltage between lines – average voltage between three lines)/average voltage between three lines x100)
Frequency Inverters
7
355K
355
At a rated motor capacity of 280 kW and higher
the frequency inverter is divided in a converter
unit (FR-CC2) and an inverter unit (FR-A842).
Both units are connected via DC bus.
Compatible inverters
The table below shows the inverter models compatible with the FR-CC2 converter units.
Motor
capacity
[kW] 1
Converter
unitt
FR-CC2-Hm
280
315
355
400
450
500
315K
315K
355K
400K
450K
500K
Inverter
SLD (superlight duty)
Model
Rated
FR-A842-m
current [A]
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
315K
07700
770
355K
08660
866
400K
09620
962
LD (light duty)
Model
Rated
FR-A842-m
current [A]
—
—
—
—
—
—
315K
07700
683
355K
08660
770
400K
09620
866
450K
10940
962
1 The applicable motor capacity indicated is the maximum capacity applicable for use of the Mitsubishi Electric 4-pole standard motor.
72
ND (normal duty, initial value)
Model
Rated
FR-A842-m
current [A]
—
—
—
315K
07700
610
355K
08660
683
400K
09620
770
450K
10940
866
500K
12120
962
HD (heavy duty)
Model
Rated
FR-A842-m
current [A]
315K
07700
547
355K
08660
610
400K
09620
683
450K
10940
770
500K
12120
866
—
—
—
Frequency Inverters
Internal and external options
A large number of options allows an individual
adoption of the inverter to the according task.
The options can be installed quickly and easily.
Detailed information on installation and functions is included in the manual of the options.
The options can be divided into two major
categories:
Digital input
Digital output
Expansion analog output
Relay output
zz Internal options
External options
zz External options
In addition to the parameter unit that enables
interactive operation of the frequency inverter
the available external options also include additional EMC noise filters, chokes for improving
efficiency and brake units with brake resistors.
Description
Input of the frequency setting via BCD or binary code
Selectable standard output signals of the inverter can be output
at the open collector.
Selectable additional signals can be output and indicated at the
analog output.
Selectable standard output signals of the inverter can be output
through relay terminals.
FR-D700 SC FR-E700 SC
FR-F700
FR-A741/770
FR-A800
FR-HC2
—
U
U
U
U
—
—
U
U
U
U
—
—
U
U
U
U
—
—
U
U
U
U
—
Orientation control,
encoder feedback (PLG),
vector and master slave control
These options are used for position control, precise speed control and
master/slave control.
—
—
—
U
U
—
Orientation control, encoder feedback
TTL/HTL/Resolver
These options are used for position control, precise speed control,
positioning of IM and PM motors and master/slave control.
—
—
—
—
U
—
Internal
options
CC-Link
Integration of a frequency inverter into a CC-Link.
—
—
U
—
U
Integration of a frequency inverter into a CC-Link IE Field network.
U
—
U
CC-Link IE Field
U
U
U
—
BACnet IP
Integration of a frequency inverter into a BACnet IP network.
—
—
U
U
—
U
Modbus®/TCP
Integration of a frequency inverter into a Modbus®/TCP network.
—
—
U
U
—
U
EtherNet/IP
Communications EtherCat
LonWorks
Profibus DPV1
Integration of a frequency inverter into a EtherNet/IP network.
—
—
U
U
U
U
Integration of a frequency inverter into a EtherCat network.
—
—
—
—
U
—
Integration of a frequency inverter into a LonWorks network.
—
U
—
U
—
—
—
U
—
U
Integration of a frequency inverter into a Profibus DPV1 network.
U
—
U
—
U
U
U
—
U
U
U
U
U
—
Profibus DP PPO
Integration of a frequency inverter into a Profibus DP PPO network.
—
Profinet
Integration of a frequency inverter into a Profinet network.
—
DeviceNet™
Integration of a frequency inverter into a DeviceNet™.
—
SSCNETIII
Integration of a frequency inverter into a SSCNETIII.
—
U
—
U
—
U
U
—
—
—
—
U
U
—
U
RS485 multi-protocol RS485 multi-protocol interface card
Option
Description
FR-D700 SC
FR-E700 SC
FR-F700
FR-A741/770
FR-A800
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
—
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
—
—
U
U
U
Filter module
Interactive parameter unit with LC display.
Parameterization and setup software for the Mitsubishi Electric
inverter series.
Noise filter for compliance with EMC directives.
For an improvement of the brake capacity. For high inertia loads and
active loads. Used in combination with a resistor unit.
To improve the brake capacity; used in combination with the internal
brake transistor.
For increased efficiency, reduction of mains feedback and
­compensation of voltage fluctuations.
IP20 physical contact protection in a freely-locatable floor-standing
unit. Detailed information on request.
Passive harmonic filter to reduce mains pollution
U
U
U
U
U
Regenerative unit
Regeneration of electrical energy in short-term operation (ED <50 %)
U
U
U
U
U
Regenerative unit
Regeneration of electrical energy in short-term operation (ED =100 %)
U
U
U
U
U
Harmonic Converter
For power supply and regeneration of electrical energy (ED = 100 %)
U
U
U
U
U
High speed converter for Profibus DP to RS485 inverter protocol
U
U
U
U
U
Parameter unit (8 languages)
FR-Configurator software
EMC noise filter
Brake unit
External high-duty brake resistor
External
options
The internal options comprise input and output
extensions as well as communications options
supporting the operation of the inverter within
a network or connected to a personal computer
or PLC.
DC choke
AC chokes
Floor standing unit FSU
Communications
Profibus DP
7
Frequency Inverters
Option
Internal options
73
For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.
Servo and Motion Systems
Mitsubishi Electric offers a variety of Servo and
Motion system products providing solutions for
applications covering point-to-point and synchronised systems. Systems can be built using
a single axis or multi axes, for example when
using a MELSEC System Q Motion CPU solution
up to 96 axes can be controlled.
With both standard pulse type output modules
and SSCNET bus modules specific application
needs are easy to meet.
The Servo motors and amplifiers take Mitsubishi
Electric Motion Control to new levels of precision
with a wide range of motors and a wide range of
amplifiers (up to 110 kW).
All MR-JE series motors are fitted with
131,072 pulse-per-revolution encoders, all MR-J4
series motors with 4,194,304 pulse-per-revolution encoders.
All Mitsubishi Electric Servo and Motion system
hardware is complimented by a range of software packages allowing easy programming and
set-up of the units.
What are the components of a MR-J4 servo system?
Servomotoren
Utilising the most advanced concentrated
winding techniques and latest technology, these
brushless servo motors are among the most
compact on the market.
Mitsubishi Electric Servo Motors are made to
high standards and offer a wide range of power,
speed and inertia ratings providing a motor
for all applications. With a range from 50 W to
110 kW and with a considerable number of
motor types like rotary, linear and direct drive
servo motors a complete line-up of products
can be offered by Mitsubishi Electric.
Also, all motors in the MR-J4 series are fitted
with absolute encoders as standard. Therefore,
an absolute position system can be created by
simply providing power to Servo amplifier via
a battery. Once this has been done the super
capacitor inside the motor and back-up battery
allow the Servomotor position to be constantly
monitored.
400 V
HG-JR 0.5–55 kW *
HG-SR 0.5–7 kW
HG-RR 1–5 kW
HG-JR 0.5–37 kW *
Servo and Motion Systems
HG-SR 0.5–7 kW
200 V
8
HG-SN 0.5–3 kW
HG-KN 10–750 W
HG-MR 50–750 W
HG-KR 50–750 W
0
1 kW 2 kW
5 kW
7 kW
10 kW
20 kW
30 kW
40 kW
55 kW
100 kW
* >22 kW on request
Improving machine performance with
high-performance motors
To raise your machine on a high productive
level, you need not only powerful servo amplifiers but also high performance servo motors.
These motors have to support the high encoder
resolution of 22 bits with the MR-J4 series for
improved accuracy and speed. Fully closed loop
control is supported as standard. A variety of
models is available to match various applications.
16
times
[Resolution comparison]
MR-JE series
17 bits = 131,072 pulses/rev
74
Rotary servo motors achieve high-accuracy,
high-torque output during high speed positioning and smooth rotation with a high resolution
encoder and improved processing speed. Linear
servo motors support highly accurate tandem
synchronous control. Direct drive motors are
used for compact and rigid machine and hightorque operations.
16 times
For rough environment conditions some motor
series are also available with higher protection
class like IP65 or IP67.
The MR-J4 series servo amplifiers are able
to operate rotary servo motors, linear servo
motors, and direct drive motors as standard.
4000000-pulse
encoder
MR-J4 series
22 bits = 4,194,304 pulses/rev
Rotary
servo motor
Linear
servo motor
Direct
drive motor
Servo and Motion Systems
Servo amplifiers
Mitsubishi Electric offers a wide range of Servo
amplifiers to meet the demands of all types of
applications. From standard digital pulse and
analogue controlled amplifiers through to dedicated SSCNETIII/H bus type amplifiers, there is a
product for all circumstances.
Real Time Adaptive Tuning (RTAT) is a unique
Mitsubishi Electric technology, enabling the
servo to deliver maximum dynamic performance, even if the load keeps changing, by
automatically tuning online (during operation)
to the application.
The digital pulse-train and analogue units of the
MR-JE and the MR-J4 series from 100 W to 55 kW
ab. The SSCNETIII/H bus type amplifiers (type
MR-J4-B/MR-JE-B-Serie) offer the user ease of
connectivity, via SSCNETIII/H.
400 V
MR-J4-B 0.6–55 kW *
MR-J4-A 0.6–55 kW *
200 V
MR-JE 0.1 kW–3 kW
MR-J4-A/B 0.1–37 kW
MR-J4W2-B 0.2–1 kW
MR-J4W3-B 0.2–0.4 kW
* >22 kW on request
For the compact, cost effective, FX range of
PLCs, the FX2N-10PG unit provides single-axis
control with built-in positioning tables, fast
external start and an output pulse rate of up to
1 MHz. The module FX3U-20SSC-H is a positioning module for the MR-J4-B series. This module
provides a quick and easy, but efficient positoning control system for simpler applications.
For larger and more complex applications the
L-series and the MELSEC System Q provide
numerous positioning and Simple motion modules (1, 2, 4 and 16 axes).
These are: open-collector output type (LD75P/
QD75P series), differential output type (LD75D/
QD75D series).
Using the SSCNETIII/H system can provide much
improved, easier to use positioning systems,
with reduced wiring and better noise immunity.
All positioning modules provide functions such
as interpolation, speed control and positioning
operations, etc. For advanced motion applications like axes synchronisation and CAM control
the Simple Motion modules (FX5-40SSC-S/LD77/
QD77) are available.
Motion Controllers
For specialist applications requiring the highest
level of control and precision, the dynamic servo
technology provided by the iQ-R Motion CPU is
combined with the powerful processing power
of the MELSEC iQ-R series, creating a completely
new generation of motion controller products.
This fully integrated and flexible system has
the capability to control up to 192 axes using
SSCNETIII/H, which is more than capable for
hand­ling any motion application.
Advanced one-touch tuning function
Advanced vibration suppression control II
Machine diagnosis function
Servo gain adjustment for precise vibration suppression control can be done only by one touch.
Machine resonance suppression filter, advanced
vibration suppression control II (adjustment for
one frequency), and robust filter are adjusted
just by turning on this function. The advanced
vibration suppression control function enables
the machine to operate with high speed at the
highest performance.
The vibration suppression algorithm supports
a three-inertia system so that two types of low
frequency vibrations are suppressed at the same
time. For adjustment the setup software MR
Configurator2 is used. This function is effective
in suppressing vibration at the end of an arm
and in reducing residual vibration in a machine.
Droop pulses are reduced to a minimum.
This function is a powerful monitoring and
maintenance support tool. It detects changes
of machine parts (ball screw, guide, bearing,
belt, etc.) by analyzing machine friction, load
moment of inertia, unbalanced torque, and
changes in vibration component from the data
inside the servo amplifier. Monitoring is done
with the setup software MR Configurator2.
Timely maintenance of wear parts will be indicated before breakdown.
75
8
Servo and Motion Systems
Positioning controllers
Servo and Motion Systems
Multi-axis servo amplifier
2-axis and 3-axis servo amplifiers are available
for operating two and three servo motors,
respectively. They are designed to cut waste and
save on space, wiring, and energy use. The 2-axis
servo amplifier MR-J4W2-B requires 26 % less
installation space than two units of MR-J4-B, and
the 3-axis servo amplifier MR-J4W3-B requires
30 % less installation space than three units of
MR-J4-B. Wiring of the 3-axis type is reduced
by approx. 50 %, because the three axes use
the same connections for main and control
circuit power, peripheral equipment, control
signal wire, etc. These multi-axis servo amplifiers enable energy-conservative and compact
machine design at lower cost. Different types
of servo motors including rotary servo motors,
linear servo motors, and direct drive motors are
freely combined as long as the servo motors are
compatible with the servo amplifier.
MR-J4-mA
(General-purpose interface compatible/
Built-in positioning function)
MR-J4-mB
(SSCNETIII/H compatible/Drive safety compatible/Fully closed loop control/Operation with up to three axes)
MR-JE-mA
(Multi function interface)
Pulse train and analog input, etc., are provided
as a standard for the command interface. The
control mode can be switched accordingly for
position, speed or torque control.
The MR-J4-A-RJ has an integrated positioning
function. A simple positioning system can be
configured without a con-troller such as positioning module.
Servo and Motion Systems
8
Safety functions according EN IEC 61800-5-2:
”Safe Torque Off” (STO) and ”Safe Stopp” (SS1),
”Safe Brake Control” (SBC), ”Safely Limited
Speed” (SLS), ”Safe Speed Monitor” (SSM) with
optinal safety module MR-D30 and the amplifier
type MR-J4-A-RJ.
Specifications
Command interface
MR-J4-mA
Pulse train/Analog/RS422
multi-drop
Control mode
Position/Speed/Torque
Safety functions according EN IEC 61800-5-2:
”Safe Torque Off” (STO) and ”Safe Stopp” (SS1),
”Safe Brake Control” (SBC), ”Safely Limited
Speed” (SLS), ”Safe Speed Monitor” (SSM) with
optinal safety module MR-D30 and the amplifier
type MR-J4-B-RJ. Fully closed loop control is also
supported.
The MR-J4W2-B servo is designed to drive two
servo motors, the MR-J4W3-B to drive three
servo motors. Both servo amplifier models are
SSCNETIII/H compatible.
The MR-JE-A has a multi function interface,
which is compatible to a maximum command
pulse frequency of 4 Mpps. The response of
2.0 kHz reduces the settling time and the cycle
time of the machine is considerably shortened.
Additionally there are two analog control inputs
availible.
MR-JE-mB
(SSCNETIII/H compatible)
The servo amplifiers MR-JE-B support the
SSCNETIII/H bus system and can be combined
with simple motion modules. The module have
several motion commands, like mark detection,
electrical CAM functions ans synchronous control. Up to 16 axes can be combined to a multi
axes system in an easy way.
MR-J4-mB
MR-J4Wm-mB
MR-JE-mA
MR-JE-mB
SSCNETIII/H
SSCNETIII/H
Pulse train/Analog/RS422
SSCNETIII/H
Position/Speed/Torque
Fully closed loop control
Position/Speed/Torque
Position/Speed/Torque
Power specifications
1-phase 200 V AC/
3-phase 200 V AC/
3-phase 400 V AC
Position/Speed/Torque/
Fully closed loop control
1-phase 200 V AC/
3-phase 200 V AC/
3-phase 400 V AC
1-phase 200 V AC/
3-phase 200 V AC
1-phase 200 V AC/
3-phase 200 V AC/
1-phase 200 V AC/
3-phase 200 V AC
Capacity range
100 W to 55 kW
100 W to 55 kW
MR-J4W2-mB:
200 W to 750 W per axis
MR-J4W3-B:
200 W to 400 W per axis
100 W to 3 kW
100 W to 3 kW
For order information about servo amplifiers higher than 22 kW, please contact your Mitsubishi Electric representative
76
Servo and Motion Systems
Servo motor features and typical applications
Absolute high-resolution encoder as standard equipment
Inclusion of an absolute position detection
system eliminates the need for a homing
sequence, approximate DOG and other sensors,
helping to reduce time and enhance reliability.
With these motors high performance and safety
at low speed is ensured.
Model designation
K
With Mitsubishi Electric original absolute mode,
an absolute system can be configured using
conventional I/O even with pulse-train control.
Features
Application example
Low inertia
Larger motor inertia moment makes this unit well suited
for machines with fluctuating load inertia moment or
machines with low rigidity such as conveyors.
zz Conveyors
zz Food preparation machinery
zz Printers
zz Small loaders and unloaders
zz Small robots and component assembly devices
zz Small X-Y tables
zz Small press feeders
Handling systems
M
Ultra low inertia
Small motor inertia moment makes this unit well suited
for high-dynamic positioning operations with extra small
cycle times.
zz Inserters, mounters, bonders
zz Printed board hole openers
zz In-circuit testers
zz Label printers
zz Knitting and embroidery machinery
zz Ultra-small robots and robot tips
8
S
Medium inertia
Stable control is performed from low to high-speeds,
enabling this unit to handle a wide range of applications
(e.g. direct connection to ball screw components).
Servo and Motion Systems
Inserters, mounters, bonders
zz Conveyor machinery
zz Specialised machinery
zz Robots
zz Loaders and unloaders
zz Winders and tension devices
zz Turrets
zz X-Y tables
zz Test devices
Winders and tension devices
R
J
Low inertia
A compact sized low inertia moment model with medium
capacity. Well suited for high-frequency operation.
zz Roll feeders
zz Loaders and unloaders
zz high-frequency conveyor machinery
Low inertia (400 V)
A 400 V servo motor for the MELSERVO-J4 series for a
power range up to 55 kW with low inertia and high speed.
It has a compact size, is equipped with high resolution
encoder and is compatible to gloabal standards.
zz Food and packaging
zz Printing machine
zz Pick up robot for injection molding machine
zz Palletizing machine
zz General machine which require
high-speed and high-frequency
Wrapping machinery
Note: Other types of motors are available on request.
77
Servo and Motion Systems
Servo motor specifications and matching amplifiers
Motors for MR-J4 (200 V) series servo amplifiers
Motor
series
200 V
MaxiRated mum
Rated
speed rotation torque
[r/min] speed
[Nm]
[r/min]
HG-MR
M
K
3000
6000
HG-KR
3000
6000
HG-SR
S
2000
3000
0.16
0.32
0.64
1.3
2.4
0.16
0.32
0.64
1.3
2.4
2.4
4.8
7.2
9.5
16.7
23.9
33.4
1,6
2.4
3.2
6000
Servo and Motion Systems
8
HG-JR
J
3000
6.4
10.5
<11.1> 3
15.9
5000
1500
3000
2500
HG-RR
R
4.8
3000
4500
22.3
28.6
70.0
95.5
140
3.2
4.8
6.4
11.1
15.9
Peak
running
range
[Nm]
Moment of
inertia
J [x10-4
kg m2]
Servo motor type Amplifier pairing MR-J4
Rated
output Servo motor
Proteccapacity model
10 20 40 60 70 100 200 350 500 700 11K 15K 22K Art. no.
Voltage tive
[kW]
structure
0.48
0.95
1.9
3.8
7.2
0.56
1.1
2.2
4.5
8.4
7.2
14.3
21.5
28.6
50.1
71,6
100
4.8
<6.4> 1
7.2
<9.6> 1
9.6
<12.7> 1
14.3
<19.1> 1
19.1
<25.5> 1
32.0
<44.6> 1
47.7
<63.7> 1
66.8
85.8
210
286
420
8.0
11.9
15.9
27.9
39.8
0.0162
0.0300
0.0865
0.142
0.586
0.0450
0.0777
0.221
0.371
1.26
7.26
11.6
16.0
46.8
78.6
99.7
151
0.05
0.10
0.20
0.40
0.75
0.05
0.10
0.20
0.40
0.75
0.50
1.00
1.50
2.00
3.50
5.00
7.00
HG-MR053
HG-MR13
HG-MR23
HG-MR43
HG-MR73
HG-KR053
HG-KR13
HG-KR23
HG-KR43
HG-KR73
HG-SR52
HG-SR102
HG-SR152
HG-SR202
HG-SR352
HG-SR502
HG-SR702
1.52
0.5
HG-JR53
2.09
0.75
HG-JR73
2.65
1.0
HG-JR103
3.79
1.5
HG-JR153
4.92
2.0
HG-JR203
13.2
3.3
<3,5> 3 HG-JR353
19.0
5.0
HG-JR503
43.3
55.8
220
315
489
1.50
1.90
2.30
8.30
12.0
7.0
9.0
11
15
22
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.5
5.0
HG-JR703
HG-JR903
HG-JR11K1M
HG-JR15K1M
HG-JR22K1M
HG-RR103
HG-RR153
HG-RR203 200 V AC IP65
HG-RR353
HG-RR503
Q
Q
Q
200 V AC IP65
Q
Q
Q
Q
200 V AC IP65
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
200 V AC IP67
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q2
Q
200 V AC IP67d
261539
2
261540
Q2
261541
Q
Q
2
261542
Q
Q2
261543
Q
Q23
261544
Q
261545
Q2
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
1 The value in angle brackets is applicable when the maximum torque is increased. The maximum torque will be increased by changing the servo amplifier to be combined (see 2).
2 This combination of the HG-JR servo motor and the servo amplifier increases the maximum torque from 300 % to 400 % of the rated torque.
3 The value in angle brackets is applicable when the servo motor is used with MR-J4-500B or MR-J4-500A.
4 22 kW of HG-JR series is rated IP44
78
248661
248662
248663
248664
248665
248651
248652
248653
248654
248655
248671
248672
248673
248674
248675
248676
248677
Q
Q
Q
261546
261547
261557
261558
261559
262896
262897
262898
262899
262900
Servo and Motion Systems
Motoren für die Servoverstärkerserie MR-J4 (400 V)
Motor
series
400 V
Rated
speed
[r/min]
Maximum Rated
rotation torque
speed
[Nm]
[r/min]
2.4
4.8
7.2
9.5
16.7
23.9
33.4
HG-SR
S
2000
3000
1.6
2.4
3.2
4.8
6000
HG-JR
J
3000
6.4
10.5
<11.1> 3
15.9
22.3
28.6
70.0
95.5
140
5000
1500
3000
2500
Servo motor type
Amplifier pairing MR-J4
Peak
running
range
[Nm]
Moment
of inertia
J [x10-4
kg m2]
Rated Servo
output motor
capacity model
[kW]
7.2
14.3
21.5
28.6
50.1
71.6
100
4.8
<6.4> 1
7.2
<9.6> 1
9.6
<12.7> 1
14.3
<19.1> 1
19.1
<25.5> 1
32.0
<44.6> 1
47.7
<63.7> 1
66.8
85.8
210
286
420
7.26
11.6
16.0
46.8
78.6
99.7
151
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.5
5.0
7.0
HG-SR524
HG-SR1024
HG-SR1524
HG-SR2024
HG-SR3524
HG-SR5024
HG-SR7024
1.52
0.5
HG-JR534
2.09
0.75
HG-JR734
Q
Q2
261446
2.65
1.0
HG-JR1034
Q
Q2
261447
3.79
1.5
HG-JR1534
4.92
2.0
HG-JR2034
13.2
3.3
<3.5> 3 HG-JR3534
19.0
5.0
HG-JR5034
43.3
55.8
220
315
489
7.0
9.0
11
15
22
HG-JR7034
HG-JR9034
HG-JR11K1M4
HG-JR15K1M4
HG-JR22K1M4
Protective
Voltage structure
60
100
200
350
500
700
11K
15K
22K
Q
261431
261432
261433
261434
261435
261436
261437
Q
Q
Q
400 V AC IP67
Q
Q
Q
Q
400 V AC IP67 4
Art. no.
Q
261445
2
Q
Q2
Q
Q2
Q
261448
261449
Q
261450
23
Q
Q2
261451
Q
Q
Q
Q
Q
261452
261453
261384
261535
261536
1 The value in angle brackets is applicable when the maximum torque is increased. The maximum torque will be increased by changing the servo amplifier to be combined (see ).
2 This combination of the HG-JR servo motor and the servo amplifier increases the maximum torque from 300 % to 400 % of the rated torque.
3 The value in angle brackets is applicable when the servo motor is used with MR-J4-500B or MR-J4-500A.
4 22 kW of HG-JR series is rated IP44
2
Servo and Motion Systems
8
Motors for MR-JE series servo amplifiers
Motor
series
200 V
Rated
speed
[r/min]
Maximum Rated
rotation torque
speed
[r/min] [Nm]
HG-KN
K
S
3000
4500
HG-SN
2000
3000
0,32
0,64
1,3
2,4
2,39
4,77
7,16
9,55
14,3
Servo motor type
Peak
running
range
[Nm]
Moment
of inertia
J [x10-4
kg m2]
Rated
output
capacity
[kW]
Servo motor
model
0,95
1,9
3,8
7,2
7,16
14,3
21,5
28,6
42,9
0,088
0,24
0,42
1,43
6,1
11,9
17,8
38,3
58,5
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,75
0,5
1,0
1,5
2,0
3,0
HG-KN13J
HG-KN23K
HG-KN43K
HG-KN73JK
HG-SN52JK
HG-SN102JK
HG-SN152JK
HG-SN202JK
HG-SN302JK
Voltage
Amplifier pairing MR-JE
Protective 10A
structure
20A
40A
70A
100A 200A 300A
V
200 V AC
IP65
V
V
V
V
V
200 V AC
IP67
V
V
V
Art. no.
282631
282633
282635
282637
282639
282641
282643
282645
282647
79
Servo and Motion Systems
MR-JE servo amplifier specifications
The MR-JE was designed to reach high performance and to get an easy-to-use servo system
for all kind of machines. Proven reliability with
a 2.0 kHz highfrequency response, an energysaving design and the easy setup with Advanced
One-Touch Tuning can be offered by MR-JE.
MITSUBISHI
SET
MODE
AUTO
C
N
3
C
N
1
The servo motors are equipped with
131,072 ­pulses/­rev (17-bit) incremental encoder
for achieving high-accuracy positioning and
smooth rotation for applications from 100 W to
3 kW. In combination with the MR Configurator2
software package the servo system is easy to
start-up, to adjust and to analyze.
C
N
2
L1
L2
L3
P+
C
U
V
W
C
N
P
1
MR-JR-10A
Servo amplifier MR-JE-mA
10A
Power supply
3-phase or 1-phase 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Control system
Dynamic brake
Protective functions
Structure/protection
Environment
Position
control mode
Speed
control mode
Servo and Motion Systems
8
Torque
control mode
Weight
Dimensions (WxHxD)
20A
40A
Art. no. 268792
268794
268795
268796
268797
268798
20B
40B
70B
100B
200B
300B
10B
Power supply
3-phase or 1-phase 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Control system
Dynamic brake
Protective functions
Structure/protection
ambient temperature
ambient humidity
others
Position/speed control mode, torque control specifications
Communication speed
Weight
Dimensions (WxHxD)
3-phase or 1-phase 200–240 V AC,
50/60 Hz *
3-phase 200–240
V AC, 50/60 Hz
Sinusoidal PWM control/current control system
Built-in
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), encoder fault protection, regeneration fault
protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection
Self-cooling, open (IP20)
Fan-cooling, open (IP20)
Operation: 0–55 °C (no freezing); storage: -20–65 °C (no freezing)
Operation: 90 % RH max. (no condensation); storage: 90 % RH max. (no condensation)
Elevation: 1000 m or less above sea level; oscillation: 5.9 m/s2 (0.6 G) max.
Control via SSCNETIII/H
150 Mbps
kg 0.8
0.8
0.8
1.5
1.5
2.1
2.1
mm 50x168x135
50x168x135
50x168x135
70x168x185
70x168x185
90x168x195
90x168x195
Art. no. 281964
281975
* When 1-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC power supply is used, use them with 75 % or less of the effective load ratio.
80
300A
3-phase 200–
240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
268793
Servoverstärker MR-JE-mB
Order information
100A
200A
3-phase or 1-phase 200–240 V AC,
50/60 Hz *
Sinusoidal PWM control/current control system
Built-in
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), encoder fault protection, regeneration fault
protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection
Self-cooling, open (IP20)
Fan-cooling, open (IP20)
ambient temperature
Operation: 0–55 °C (no freezing); storage: -20–65 °C (no freezing)
ambient humidity
Operation: 90 % RH max. (no condensation); storage: 90 % RH max. (no condensation)
others
Elevation: 1000 m or less above sea level; oscillation: 5.9 m/s2 (0.6 G) max.
max. input pulse frequency
4 Mpps (differential receiver), 200 kpps (open collector)
positioning feedback pulse
131072 pulses per servo motor rotation
torque limit
Set by parameters or external analog input (0–+ 10 V DC/maximum torque)
control range
Analog speed command 1:2000, internal speed command 1:5000
fluctuation rate
±0.01 % max. (load fluctuation 0–100 %)
torque limit
Set by parameters or external analog input (0–+10 V DC/maximum torque)
command input
0–±8 V DC/maximum torque
speed limit
Set by parameters or external analog input (0–±10 V DC, rated speed)
kg 0.8
0.8
0.8
1.5
1.5
2.1
2.1
mm 50x168x135
50x168x135
50x168x135
70x168x185
70x168x185
90x168x195
90x168x195
Order information
Environment
70A
281976
281977
281978
281979
281980
Servo and Motion Systems
MR-J4 servo amplifier specifications
The MELSERVO MR-J4 series is designed for ease
of use and setup, safety, energy-efficiency and
user friendly handling. With additional functions
like “One-touch Tuning” and “Advanced Vibration
Suppression Control” the servo performance
achieves industry-leading level.The range covers
200 V amplifiers from 0.1 to 37 kW and 400 V
amplifiers from 0.6 to 55 kW.
0,768%,6+,
zz Processing of encoder signals with 22 bit
resolution (4,194,304 pulses/rev.)
zz Speed frequency response is increased to
2.5 kHz
zz Operating of rotary, linear and direct drive
motors as standard
Power supply
3-phase or 1-phase 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Control system
Dynamic brake
Speed frequency response
Sinusoidal PWM control/current control system
Built-in
External option
2500 Hz
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault
protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection.
STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2); (The functions SS1, SBC, SLS and SSM are available in combination with the optional functional safety unit MR-D30.)
Self-cooling, open (IP20)
Fan cooling, open (IP20)
Art. no. 269247
Art. no. 269279
269248
269280
269249
269281
60A
60B
269250
269282
70A
70B
269251
269283
100A
200A
100B
200B
3-phase or 1-phase
200–240 V AC,
50/60 Hz *
For control, the MR-J4-A servo amplifier has a
pulse train input and two analog inputs for current or voltage. Possible modes of the MR-J4-A
are torque, speed or position control.
10A
10B
Safety function
Structure
Order information
A-RJ type
B-RJ type
40A
40B
The MR-J4-B servo amplifier receives a command signal from a control system via high
speed motion network SSCNETIII/H with a communication speed of 150 Mbps and a cycle time
of 0.22 ms. This optical network is very reliable in
operation because it is not affected by EMC.
Common specifications MR-J4-m(-RJ)
Protective functions
20A
20B
zz Compatible with safety functions STO (Safe
Torque Off) and SS1 (Safe Stop 1) corresponding EN 61800-5-2 as standard.
269252
269284
269253
269285
350A
350B
500A
500B
700A
700B
11KA
11KB
15KA
15KB
22KA
22KB
3-phase 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
269254
269286
269265
269287
269266
269288
269267
269289
269268
269290
269269
269291
8
* When 1-phase 200 V AC to 240 V AC power supply is used, use them with 75 % or less of the effective load ratio.
Power supply
Control system
Dynamic brake
Speed frequency response
Protective functions
Safety function
Structure
Order information
A-RJ type
B-RJ type
Art. no. 269270
Art. no. 269292
Control specifications MR-J4-m(-RJ)
maximum input pulse frequency
positioning feedback pulse
Position
control mode
command pulse multiple
torque limit input
speed control range
analog speed command input
Speed
control mode
speed fluctuation rate
Torque control
specifications
Integrated
positioning
torque limit
torque command input
speed limit
position tables
programming style
indexing function
269271
269293
269272
269294
269273
269295
269274
269296
269275
269297
10A
20A
40A
60A(4)
70A
100A(4) 200A(4) 350A(4)
4 Mpps (when using differential receiver), 200 kpps (when using open collector)
Resolution per encoder/servo motor rotation: 4194304 pulses/revolution (22 Bit)
A/B multiple; A: 1–16777215, B: 1–16777215, 1/10 <A/B <4000
Set by parameters or external analog input (0–± 10 V DC/maximum torque)
Analog speed command 1:2000, internal speed command 1:5000
0–± 10 V DC/rated speed (The speed at 10 V can be changed by parameter.)
±0.01 % max. (load fluctuation 0–100 %); 0 % (power fluctuation ±10 %)
±0.2 % max. (ambient temperature 25 °C ±10 °C ), when using external analog speed command
Set by parameters or external analog input (0–± 10 V DC/maximum torque)
0–±8 V DC/maximum torque (input impedance 10–12 kΩ)
Set by parameters or external analog input (0–± 10 V DC, rated speed)
255 table entries for target position, set speed value, acceleration/deceleration time, braking
256 programs, 640 program steps, 25 commands
255 stations, rotational direction tightly adjustable or automatically shortest path
20B
40B
Control specifications MR-J4-m(-RJ) (SSCNETIII/H) 10B
Position/speed control mode, torque control specifications Control via SSCNETIII/H
Communication speed
150 Mbps
60B(4)
70B-RJ
100B(4)
200B(4)
350B(4)
269276
269298
269277
269299
Servo and Motion Systems
60A4
100A4
200A4
350A4
500A4
700A4
11KA4
15KA4
22KA4
60B4
100B4
200B4
350B4
500B4
700B4
11KB4
15KB4
22KB4
3-phase 380–480 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Sinusoidal PWM control/current control system
Built-in
External option
2500 Hz
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault
protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection.
STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2); (The functions SS1, SBC, SLS and SSM are available in combination with the optional functional safety unit MR-D30.)
Self-cooling, open (IP20)
Fan cooling, open (IP20)
Common specifications MR-J4-m(-RJ)
269278
269300
500A(4)
700A(4)
11KA(4)
15KA(4)
22KA(4)
500B(4)
700B(4)
11KB(4)
15KB(4)
22KB(4)
81
Servo and Motion Systems
MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B servo amplifier specifications
Additional to the standard version of the MR-J4
amplifiers (SSCNETIII/H Motion Network) for one
servo motor Mitsubishi Electric now offers also
servo amplifiers for two or three servo motors.
The amplifiers for two (MR-J4W2-B) and three
axes (MR-J4W3-B) are space and wiring saving
and more efficient than two or three single
amplifiers. Therefore the engineer saves not only
Specifications
W2-22B
Power supply
1-phase or 3-phase 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Control system
Dynamic brake
Speed frequency response
Sinusoidal PWM control/current control system
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
2500 Hz
2500 Hz
2500 Hz
2500 Hz
2500 Hz
Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault
protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection.
STO (IEC/EN 61800-5-2); (SS1 function is available by using the safety option card MR-J3-D05)
Protective functions
Safety function
Order information W2-44B
Art. no. 248645
248646
W2-77B
space inside the cabinet and costs due to less
wires, but also valuable energy what reduces
the pollution of CO2 at the same time. The range
of output power for the amplifier for two axes
is from 0.2 to 1 kW, for three axes from 0.2 to
0.4 kW per axis. All other specification items are
identical with the standard version of the MRJ4-B for one axis.
248647
W2-1010B
3-phase 200–240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
248648
W3-222B
W3-444B
1-phase or 3-phase 200–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
248649
248650
MR-D30 functional safety unit
8
Servo and Motion Systems
In combination with the optional MR-D30 functional safety unit, additional safety functions
according to EN IEC 61800-5-2 can be realized.
By combining the MR-D30 functional safety unit
with a MR-J4-A/B-RJ servo amplifier, safety functions “Safe Stop” (SS1), “Safe Brake Control” (SBC),
“Safely Limited Speed” (SLS) and “Safe Speed
Monitor” (SSM) according to EN IEC 61800-5-2
are available.
Specifications
Control power supply
voltage /frequency
permissible voltage fluctuation
power supply capacity
Supported amplifiers
Shut-off input (Safety devices)
Shut-off release input (restart devices)
Response time
ambient temperature
ambient humidity
Environment
atmosphere
elevation
oscillation
Order information 82
The activation is possible by wiring the signals
directly to the MR-D30 or in combination with
the Motion Controller via a safe SSCNETIII/H
communication. Additionally the wiring will be
reduced by activating via network.
MR-D30
24 V DC
24 V DC ±10 %
800 mA
MR-J4-mA/B-RJ
6 redundant input points, source or sink logic
3 redundant output points, source logic
15 ms or less for Safe Torque Off (STO)
Operation: 0–55 °C (no freezing), storage: -20–65 °C (no freezing)
Operation: 90 % RH or less (no condensation), storage: 90 % RH or less (no condensation)
Inside control panel; no corrossive gas, no flammable gas, no oil mist, no dust
1000 m or less above sea level
5.9 m/s2 or less at 10 to 57 Hz (directions of X, Y and Z axes)
Art. no. 275670
Servo and Motion Systems
Positioning modules MELSEC System Q
The open-collector and differential output
controllers can be used with standard type servo
amplifiers (MR-JE-A/MR-J4-A).
The MELSEC System Q offers three different
positioning module series for control of up to
four axes
zz Open-collector output type (QD75P series)
zz Differential output type (QD75D series)
Specifications
Number of control axes
QD75D1
1
QD75D2
2
Interpolation
—
2 axes linear and
circular interpolation
Positioning data items
Output type
Output signal
600
Differential driver
Pulse chain
Order information
Art. no. 129675
Accessories
QD75P1
1
QD75P2
2
—
2 axes linear and
circular interpolation
600
Differential driver
Pulse chain
QD75D4
4
2, 3, or 4 axes linear
and 2 axes circular
interpolation
600
Differential driver
Pulse chain
600
Open collector
Pulse chain
600
Open collector
Pulse chain
QD75P4
4
2, 3, or 4 axes linear
and 2 axes circular
interpolation
600
Open collector
Pulse chain
132581
129676
132582
129677
132583
40-pin connector and ready to use connection cables and system terminals; Programming software: GX Configurator QP, art. no.: 132219
Positioning modules MELSEC L series
zz Differential output type (LD75Dm )
zz Open-collector output type (LD75Pm)
These positioning modules can be used with
standard type servo amplifiers (Mitsubishi
­Electric MR-JE-A, MR-J4-A).
All MELSEC L series positioning modules can
provide functionality such as interpolation,
speed positioning operation etc.
Specifications
Accessible axes
Output frequency
Positioning data items per axis
Output type
Output signal
Order information
LD75D1
1
pulse/s —
600
Differential driver
Pulse chain
Art. no. 251448
LD75D2
2
The open-collector output type module provides positioning with open loop control. The
module generates the travel command via the
pulse chain. The speed is proportional to the
pulse frequency and the distance travelled is
proportional to the pulse length.
The differential output type module is suitable
for bridging long distances between the module
and the drive system due to the fact that the
output allows large cable lengths.
LD75D4
4
linear inter2-axis linear interpolation, 2-/3-/4-axis
2-axis circular
2-axis circular interpolation polation,
interpolation
600
600
Differential driver
Differential driver
Pulse chain
Pulse chain
600
Open collector
Pulse chain
LD75P4
4
linear inter2-axis linear interpolation, 2-/3-/4-axis
2-axis circular
2-axis circular interpolation polation,
interpolation
600
600
Open collector
Open collector
Pulse chain
Pulse chain
251449
251446
251447
238095
LD75P1
1
—
LD75P2
2
238096
83
8
Servo and Motion Systems
The MELSEC L series offers six different positioning modules for control of up to four axes.
Servo and Motion Systems
Positioning modules MELSEC iQ-R
The MELSEC iQ-R series offers a choice of two
positioning modules, transistor output or
differential drive output, depending on the
connected amplifier. The modules are capable
of transmission speeds up to 5M pulses/s, and
the differential driver output module supports
Specifications
Number of control axes
Interpolation
Positioning data items
Output type
Output signal
Order information
linear interpolation,
pulse/s 2-axis
2-axis circular interpolation
600
Differential driver
Pulse chain
Art. no. 279564
RD75D4
4
2-/3-/4-axis linear interpolation,
2-axis circular interpolation,
3-axis helical interpolation
600
Differential driver
Pulse chain
RD75P2
2
600
Open collector
Pulse chain
RD75P4
4
2-/3-/4-axis linear interpolation,
2-axis circular interpolation,
3-axis helical interpolation
600
Open collector
Pulse chain
279565
279562
279563
2-axis linear interpolation,
2-axis circular interpolation
Single axis motion controller MR-MQ100
The MR-MQ100 allows a single axis to be completely controlled and synchronised to a separate encoder or virtual axis with no additional
controller hardware like a PLC. Applications such
as rotary cutters, flying saws and labelling can
be realized cost-effectively.
Servo and Motion Systems
8
RD75D2
2
wiring up to a distance of 10 m. It can be used in
positional control or speed control, and features
include linear, circular, and helical interpolation,
which is a complex control required for deepthread milling applications.
Specifications
Power supply
Digital inputs (mark sensors)
Digital outputs
signal type
Synchronous
voltage input/open-collector
encoder
type (5 V DC)
differential input type
Peripheral interface
Positioning
Order information
84
A complete range of essential functions are
available, including encoder and virtual axis
synchronization, registration, point to point
positioning and user defined cam profiles.
MR-MQ100
24 V DC ±10 % (required current capacity: 400 mA)
4 inputs (24 V DC)
2 outputs (24 V DC)
A/B phase pulse train input
Up to 800 kpps (after magnification by 4), up to 10 m
Up to 4 Mpps (after magnification by 4), up to 30 m
100 Mbps/10 Mbps Ethernet (for programming and additional options)
SSCNETIII (for connection to servo amplifier with optical cable)
(PTP (Point To Point) control, speed control/speed-position control, fixed-pitch feed, constant speed control, position follow-up control,
method
speed control with fixed position stop, speed switching control, high-speed oscillation control, synchronous control (SV22))
acceleration/deceleration control Automatic trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
compensation
Backlash compensation, Electronic gear, Phase compensation
Art. no. 217705
Servo and Motion Systems
MELSEC Simple Motion modules
The MELSEC System Q, the MELSEC L series, the
iQ-R series and the iQ-F series lineup includes
Simple Motion modules in addition to the
regular positioning modules. Various control
functions previously only possible with Motion
Controllers, such as speed control, torque control, synchronous control and cam control, are
now available with the Simple Motion modules.
S
LD77MS2
2
2 axes linear
and circular
­interpolation
SSCNETIII/H
Bus
Interpolation functions
Output type
Output signal
Servo amplifier
method
acceleration/deceleration control
compensation
Number of positioning points
External input signals
Cam function
Positioning
Order information
Interpolation functions
Output type
Output signal
Servo amplifier
method
Positioning
acceleration/deceleration control
compensation
Number of positioning points
External input signals
Cam function
Order information
LD77MS16
16
SSCNETIII/H
Bus
SSCNETIII/H
Bus
QD77MS2
2
2 axes linear
and circular
­interpolation
SSCNETIII/H
Bus
268200
268201
248702
Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes,
circular interpolation for 2 axes
QD77MS4
4
QD77MS16
16
SSCNETIII/H
Bus
SSCNETIII/H
Bus
248703
248704
FX5-40SSC-S
4
Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes,
circular interpolation for 2 axes
SSCNETIII/H
Bus
MR-JE-B/
MR-JE-B/MR-J4(W2/W3)-B over SSCNETIII/H
MR-J4(W2/W3)-B
over SSCNETIII/H
PTP (Point To Point) control, path control (linear and arc), speed control, speed-position switching control, position-speed switching control, torque control
Trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
Backlash compensation, electronic gear, near pass function
600 per axis (can be set with GX Works2/GX Works3 or PLC program)
1 encoder, A/B phase; 4 digital inputs [DI1–DI4]
256 kBytes, max. 256 (depends on resolution)
Art. no. 268199
Specifications
Number of controllable axes
LD77MS4
4
8
281405
RD77MS2
RD77MS4
RD77MS8
RD77MS16
2
4
8
16
2 axes linear and circular
Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes,
circular interpolation for 2 axes
­interpolation
SSCNETIII/H
SSCNETIII/H
SSCNETIII/H
SSCNETIII/H
Bus
Bus
Bus
Bus
MR-JE-B/MR-J4(W2/W3)-B over SSCNETIII/H
PTP (Point To Point) control, path control (linear and arc), speed control, speed-position switching control, position-speed switching control, speed-torque control,
advanced synchronous control
Trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
Backlash compensation, electronic gear, near pass function
600 per axis (can be set with GX Works3 or PLC program)
1 encoder, A/B phase; 4 digital inputs [DI1–DI4]
256 kBytes, max. 256 (depends on resolution)
Art. no. 280229
280230
280231
280232
85
Servo and Motion Systems
Specifications
Number of controllable axes
These functions can be realized with simple
parameter adjustments and via the PLC program.
Servo and Motion Systems
Stand-alone motion controller Q170MSCPU/Q170MSCPU-S1
The Q170MSCPU/Q170MSCPU-S1 combines
a PLC CPU, a Motion CPU and a power supply
module into one compact unit. No base unit
is required, although an extension base unit
with standard PLC modules can be connected if
required.
Specificatons
number of controllable axes
operation cycle
Motion-CPU
programming languages
servo program capacity
servo amplifier
Interpolation functions
number of I/O points
programming languages
PLC CPU
program capacity
processing speed
total number of instructions
method
Positioning
acceleration/deceleration control
compensation
Order information
Q170MSCPU
Q170MSCPU-S1
16
0.22 ms, 0.44 ms, 0.88 ms, 1.77 ms, 3.55 ms, 7.11 ms
Motion SFC, dedicated instruction, mechanical support language (SV22)
16 k steps
MR-J4-B over SSCNETIII/H
Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes, circular interpolation for 2 axes, helical interpolation for 3 axes
4096 points
Ladder, instruction list, SFC, structured text
30 k steps (120 k bytes)
60 k steps (240 k bytes)
20 ns (LD instruction); 40 ns (MOV instruction)
9.5 ns (LD instruction); 19 ns (MOV instruction)
858 (including real number operation instruction)
(PTP (Point To Point) control, speed control/speed-position control, fixed-pitch feed, constant speed control, position follow-up control,
speed control with fixed position stop, speed switching control, high-speed oscillation control, synchronous control (SV22))
Automatic trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
Backlash compensation, electronic gear, phase compensation
Art. no. 266524
266535
Motion controller CPUs of MELSEC System QDS and iQ-R
The Q-Motion controller CPU controls and
synchronises the connected servo amplifiers
and servo motors. A motion system besides the
controller CPU, also includes a PLC CPU. Only
after combining a highly dynamic positioning
control CPU and a PLC, an innovative motion
control system is created.
Servo and Motion Systems
8
An encoder interface is included as standard,
enabling multiple axes synchronization with an
external encoder.
Specifications
Type
I/O points
No. of control axes
Interpolation functions
method
Positioning
acceleration/deceleration control
compensation
Servo program capacity
Interfaces
Servo amplifier
Order information
Q172DSCPU
Q173DSCPU
R16MTCPU
R32MTCPU
Motion CPU
Motion CPU
Motion CPU
Motion CPU
8192
8192
8192
8192
16
32
16
32
Linear interpolation for up to 4 axes, circular interpolation for 2 axes, helical interpolation for 3 axes
PTP (point to point), speed control/speed-position control, fixed pitch feed, constant speed control, position follow-up control, speed switching control,
high-speed oscillation control, synchronous control (SV22)
Automatic trapezoidal acceleration/deceleration, S-curve acceleration/deceleration
Backlash compensation, electronic gear
16 k steps, 3200 positioning points
32 k Schritte, 6400 Positionieradressen
Ethernet 100/10 Mbps, SSCNETIII/H (USB, RS232C via PLC CPU)
MR-J4-B over SSCNETIII/H
Art. no. 248700
248701
280227
280228
MELSEC System Q-Motion system modules
Type
Q172DLX
Q172DEX
Q173DPX
Q173DSXY
86
Description
Servo external signals interface module
Serial absolute synchronous encoder interface module
Manual pulse generator interface module
Safety signal module
Art. no.
213894
213895
213896
251051
For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.
MELFA Robot Systems
Large range of robot models makes selection easy
Mitsubishi Electric produces a comprehensive
range of robot models to cater to the full spectrum of modern needs.
All Mitsubishi Electric robots are powerful, fast
and compact – that goes almost without saying.
The product range includes the almost universal
articulated-arm robots with 6 degrees of
freedom and payloads of 2 kg to 20 kg and
SCARA robots with 4 degrees of freedom and
payloads of 3 kg to 20 kg for assembly and palletising tasks.
Two special models are the unique high-precision robots with their parallel arm structure for
very fast micro handling tasks with payloads of
1 kg to 5 kg as well as the flexible high-speed
SCARA robot for ceiling mounting.
Example of a robot system configuration
PC
RT Toolbox2
GOT
USB or
Ethernet
Ethernet
PLC
Robot
controller
CC-Link, DeviceNet™,
Profibus, Profinet,
Ethernet
SSCNETIII
CNC
Tracking
Ethernet
Vision sensor
Remote I/Os
Servo amplifier
Additional axes
F-D and F-Q series
F-D series
Full production line integration can easily
be realised with F-Q-robot systems. This is
an iQ Platform based robot controller which
directly communicates with the iQ PLC CPU and
all its modules. This makes the complete range
of iQ system modules (I/O, networking, special
function, etc.) available to an F-Q system.
F-D system robots are also available as ­F-Q robot
systems. Powerful features like fully integrated
HMI terminal application monitoring, communication on most of the widely used networks and
high performance MES functionality for 100 %
data logging are just some of the features of this
system.
F-Q series
Ethernet
Ethernet
MR-J4-B
0,768%,6+,
Robot CPU
Q172DRCPU
SSCNETIII (optical
communications)
Controller
Additional
axis function
CR750
Controller
Robot CPU +
USB
communication
Pulse encoder
Encoder
input function
USB
communication
Drive unit
SSCNETIII (optical
communications)
0,768%,6+,
MR-J4-B
MR-J3-BS
Additional
axis function
87
9
MELFA Robot Systems
Mitsubishi Electric offers two basic robot
families that meet all requirements – no matter
how complex or demanding an application is.
Advantages of the F-D series are high performance and maximum productivity. Additional
feature of the F-Q series is the high integration
potential, which is unique compared with other
robot systems.
MELFA Robot Systems
Articulated robot for 2 kg and 4 kg payload
The compact and light RV-2FB can be seamless
integrated into different automation systems.
Flexibility and the wide range of motion permits
acting in applications with limited space.
-
-
-
-
The RV-4F series of robots have been designed
to be very simple to integrate into an existing
automation cell. Features such as the direct control over local I/Os allows the robot to interact
directly with sensors and actuators.
-
-
The RV-4F series has been optimised with a choice
of major networking technologies: Ethernet,
DeviceNet™, Profibus DP, Profinet und CC-Link.
For complex automation cells where movement
is restricted, or there is a large distance between
working points, the RV-4F robots can control up
to 8 additional axes to its standard robot arm
configuration.
In addition, a clean room model is available that
conforms to ISO Level III.
RV-4FLM
Modell
Degrees of freedom
Maximum payload
kg
mm
Gripper flange reach
Repeatabilitymm
mm/s
Max. speed
Controller type
J1
J2
J3
Operating range (deg.)
J4
J5
J6
Robot weight
kg
Protection
Order information RV-2FB-D1-S15
6
2
504
±0.02
4955
CR750-D
480 (±240)
240 (-120–+120)
160 (0–+160)
400 (±200)
240 (-120–+120)
720 (-360–+360)
19
IP30
Art. no. 255211
RV-2FB-Q1-S15
6
2
504
±0.02
4955
CR750-Q + Q172DRCPU
480 (±240)
240 (-120–+120)
160 (0–+160)
400 (±200)
240 (-120–+120)
720 (-360–+360)
19
IP30
RV-4FLM-D1-S15
6
4
649
±0.02
9048
CR750-D
480 (±240)
240 (-120–+120)
164 (0–+164)
400 (±200)
240 (-120–+120)
720 (±360)
41
IP67
RV-4FLM-Q1-S15
6
4
649
±0.02
9048
CR750-Q + Q172DRCPU
480 (±240)
240 (-120–+120)
164 (0–+164)
400 (±200)
240 (-120–+120)
720 (±360)
41
IP67
255213
255268
255272
Articulated robot for 7 kg to 20 kg payload
9
The RV-7FM with a nominal and maximum
payload of 7 kg sets new benchmark standards
for speed, flexibility, ease of integration and
simplicity of programming. For an optimum
work radius the robot is available in three versions with ranges from 713 mm to 1503 mm.
Ethernet, USB, tracking, camera connection and
additional axis connections are standard in all
MELFA Robot Series.
-
-
MELFA Robot Systems
-
-
-
-
The high-performance robots RV-13 and RV-20
are specially suited for handling heavy loads.
Due to the compact body and slim arm design,
the robots can operate in a large work area. The
anti-collision function of the iQ Platform models
prevents collisions between robots which are
working close together.
There’s also a clean room model available that
conforms to ISO Level III.
RV-7FLM
Modell
Degrees of freedom
Maximum payloadt
kg
Gripper flange reach
mm
Repeatabilitymm
Max. speed
mm/s
Controller type
Operating range (deg.)
Robot weight
Protection
Order information 88
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
kg
RV-7FM-D1-S15
RV-7FM-Q1-S15
6
7
712
±0.02
11064
CR750-D/CR750-Q +
Q172DRCPU
480 (±240)
240 (-115–+125)
156 (-0–+156)
400 (±200)
240 (-120–+120)
720 (±360)
65
IP67
Art. no. 255275
255279
RV-7FLM-D1-S15
RV-7FLM-Q1-S15
6
7
908
±0.02
10977
CR750-D/CR750-Q +
Q172DRCPU
480 (±240)
240 (-110–+130)
162 (-0–+162)
400 (±200)
240 (-120–+120)
720 (±360)
67
IP67
RV-7FLLM-D1-S15
RV-7FLLM-Q1-S15
6 (super long arm)
7
1503
±0.06
15300
CR750-D/CR750-Q +
Q172DRCPU
380 (±190)
240 (-90–+150)
167.5 (-10–+157.5)
400 (±200)
240 (-120–+120)
720 (±360)
130
IP67
RV-13FM-D1-S15
RV-13FM-Q1-S15
6
13
1094
±0.05
10450
CR750-D/CR750-Q +
Q172DRCPU
380 (±190)
240 (-90–+150)
167.5 (-10–+157.5)
400 (±200)
240 (-120–+120)
720 (±360)
120
IP67
RV-13FLM-D1-S15
RV-13FLM-Q1-S15
6
13
1388
±0,05
9700
CR750-D/CR750-Q +
Q172DRCPU
380 (±190)
240 (-90–+150)
167.5 (-10–+157.5)
400 (±200)
240 (-120–+120)
720 (±360)
130
IP67
RV-20FM-D1-S15
RV-20FM-Q1-S15
6
20
1094
±0,05
4200
CR750-D/CR750-Q +
Q172DRCPU
380 (±190)
240 (-90–+150)
167.5 (-10–+157.5)
400 (±200)
240 (-120–+120)
720 (±360)
120
IP67
255276
255280
268460/
268462
268488
268492
268490
268494
268504
268506
MELFA Robot Systems
SCARA robot for 1 kg to 20 kg payload
Modell
Degrees of freedom
Maximum payload
Controller type
-
Operating range
-
-
-
Repeat position
accuracy
RH-12FH
Robot weight
SCARA robots are ideal for sorting, palletizing
and component installation.
Order information This combination of compact dimensions and
great precision predestine the RP robots for
micro-handling tasks.
Modell
With a resulting reduced cycle time of only
0.29 seconds for a 12” cycle the robots of the
RH-F series achieve the highest speeds in their
class thanks to the new motors developed by
Mitsubishi Electric, high arm rigidity and unique
control technology.
Straight from the factory, the RH-F series
offers many features, such as connections for
pneumatic grippers, Ethernet, USB, tracking
functions, camera interface, hand I/O, additional
axis controller and an interface for GOT HMIs
with freely programmable user interfaces. Also
a standard: foodgrade H1 grease – ideal for food
and beverage industry. For pharmaceutical and
micro electronic applications there is a clean
room model available that conforms to ISO
Level III.
Degrees of freedom
Maximum payload
RP-1ADH-S15
4
kg 1
CR1DA
WxD (mm) 150x105 (A6 size)
J3 vertikal
motion (mm) 30
J4 (deg.) ±200
X-Y surface (mm) ±0.005
J3 vertikal
motion (mm) ±0.01
J4 (deg.) ±0.02
kg 12
Art. no. 252843
kg
Controller type
Gripper flange reach
Operating range
mm
J1 (deg.)
J2 (deg.)
J3 (Z) (mm) 150
J4 (Θ axis) (deg.)
Repeatability X-Y direction
mm
mm/s
Max. speed kg
Robot weight
Protection
Order information RH-3FH5515-D1-S15
RH-3FH5515-Q1-S15
4
3
CR750-D/CR750-Q +
Q172DRCPU
550
340 (±170)
290 (±145)
720 (±360)
±0.012
8300
32
IP20
250377
Art. no. 250380
RP-3ADH-S15
4
3
CR1DA
210x148 (A5 size)
RP-5ADH-S15
4
5
CR1DA
297x210 (A4 size)
50
50
±200
±0.008
±200
±0.01
±0.01
±0.01
±0.03
24
±0.03
25
252844
252885
RH-6FH5520-D1-S15
RH-6FH5520-Q1-S15
4
6
CR750-D/CR750-Q +
Q172DRCPU
550
340 (±170)
290 (±145)
RH-12FH8535N-D1-S15
RH-12FH8535N-Q1-S15
4
12
CR750-D/CR750-Q +
Q172DRCPU
850
340 (±170)
306 (±153)
RH-20FH10035N-D1-S15
RH-20FH10035N-Q1-S15
4
20
CR750-D/CR750-Q +
Q172DRCPU
1000
340 (±170)
306 (±153)
200
350
350
720 (±360)
±0.012
8300
37
IP54 (IP65 optional)
720 (±360)
±0.015
11350
69
IP54 (IP65 optional)
720 (±360)
±0.02
13283
77
IP54 (IP65 optional)
250383
250389
254377
254383
254388
254392
MELFA Robot Systems
9
SCARA robot for overhead installation
Modell
Degrees of freedom
Maximum payload
Controller type
Gripper flange reach
RH-3FHR
With its special compact design and support
for overhead installation above the application,
the robot RH-3FHR doesn’t take up any valuable
space in the work area next to the installation
location, enabling even smaller work cell dimensions.
kg
mm
J1 (deg.)
J2 (deg.)
Operating range
J3 (Z) (mm)
J4 (Θ axis) (deg.)
Repeatability X-Y direction
mm
Max. speed mm/s
Robot weight
kg
Protection
Order information RH-1FHR5515-D1-S60
RH-1FHR5515-Q1-S60
4
3
CR750-D/CR750-Q + Q172DRCPU
550
340 (±170)
290 (±145)
150
720 (±360)
±0.012
6000
49
IP20 (IP65 optional)
277708
Art. no. 277709
RH-3FHR3515-D1-S15
RH-3FHR3515-Q1-S15
4
3
CR750-D/CR750-Q + Q172DRCPU
350
450 (±225)
450 (±225)
150
1440 (±720)
±0.01
6267 (J1, J2)
24
IP20 (IP65 optional)
237390
237391
The RH-1FHR5515 is a high-speed robot dedicated for handling of small parts up to 1 kg. Up
to 150 picks/min with conveyer tracking including hand open/close are possible.
89
MELFA Robot Systems
Powerful controller
Every robot system has its own compact, modular robot controller, which contains the CPU and
the power electronics for controlling the robot.
No matter which Mitsubishi robot you use the
programming language and options are always
the same. You can add special application functions by inserting expansion option cards in the
slots in the controllers. Therefore it is possible,
to integrate the controller into different types of
networks.
The CR750 Controller has already implemented
functions like Ethernet- and USB-Connection,
Additional Axes Control over SSCNETIII and
Tracking Encoder interface as a standard.
CR1DA
Shipped with robot
RP-1ADH/3ADH/5ADH
Number of controllable axes
Interfaces
no. of teaching points
Memory
no. program steps
capacity
no. of programs
general purpose I/Os
External
hand open/close
inputs/
emergency stop I/Os
outputs
door switch input
6 robot axes + 2 interpolation axes + 6 independent axes
USB, Ethernet, RS232 (all integrated)
Max. 13000
Max. 26000
256
Optional
8
1
1
Characteristics/Functions
CR750-D
CR750-Q + Q172DRCPU
RV-2F/4F/4FL/7F/7FL/7FLL//13F/13FL/20F
RH-1FHR/3FH/6FH/12FH/20FH
6 robot axes + 2 interpolation axes + 6 independent axes
Ethernet, USB, SSCNETIII
39000
13000
78000
26000
512
256
up to 256
up to 8192
8 inputs/8 outputs
1 (redundant)
1 (redundant)
Shipped with robot
Number of controllable axes
Interfaces
no. of teaching points
Memory
no. program steps
capacity
no. of programs
general purpose I/Os
External
hand open/close
inputs/
emergency stop I/Os
outputs
door switch input
Robots teach panel
Specifications
Compatibility
Functions
MELFA Robot Systems
9
Characteristics/Functions
R32TB
R56TB
The R56TB teach panel is a multifunctional control and programming terminal for all Mitsubishi
Electric F series, SD/SQ series and ADH series
robots. Its intuitive user interface makes it
easy to control robot movements and perform
extensive diagnostics and monitoring functions
for users of all levels. All safety-critical functions
such as robot movements are assigned to keys.
Programming and monitoring functions are
accessed and adjusted quickly and easily via the
bright 6.5" touchscreen display.
90
R56TB
R32TB
All Mitsubishi Electric F series, SD/SQ series and ADH series robots
Operation, programming and monitoring of all robot functions
Read out information, also during operation;
program editing with virtual keyboard; display up
Read out information, also during operation,
to 14 lines of program code; I/O monitoring for up
program editing with T9-Key standard, supervising
Programming and monitoring
to 256 inputs and 256 outputs; service display with of I/Os, display of error alarms, Right-/Left-Hand
information on maintenance intervals; error display usage, 36 keys for operation selection
with details of the last 128 alarms
Software
Integrated operating system software with menu-based user interface
Menu navigation (language)
German, English, French, Italian
English, Japanese
Monochrome LCD graphic display
type/dimensions 6.5" TFT display (640x480 pixels)
(24 characters x 8 lines
Display
technology
Touchscreen with backlight
LCD with backlight
Interfaces
USB, Ethernet for connection to the robot controller
RS422 for connection to the robot controller
Connection
Direct connection to the robot controller, cable length 7m
Protection rating
IP65
IP65
Weight kg 1.25
0.9
Order information Art. no. 218854
214968
For detailed
information,
please refer
to the family
catalogues.
Low Voltage Switch Gears
The complete solution for line and load side
Mitsubishi Electric offers the whole line from Air
Circuit Breakers over Low Voltage Switchgear
to Magnetic Contactors and Thermal Overload
Relays.
A complete breaker program for complete, allround protection.
SUPER AE series air circuit breakers
The SUPER AE air circuit breaker family consists
of models from 1000 to 6300 A with a broad
range of adjustable breaking capacities.
At the lower end of the scale the smallest current setting Ir is 125 A, with the AE1000 model.
With the AE6300, the maximum possible setting
is a full 6300 A.
Features include:
zz Complete breaker program
zz Frame size from 1000 A to 6300 A
zz Wide performance range
zz Breaking capacity up to 130 kA
WSS series moulded case circuit breakers
The MCCBs of the Mitsubishi Electric breaker
series are amongst the smallest compact circuit
breakers in the world with electronic overload
indication. The system is based, among other
things, on the well-known and proven microprocessor technology. The WSS breaker series meets
national and international protection ratings
according to VDE, EN, and IEC standards for
industrial applications as well as for extended
shipping demands. The innovative tripping
technology guarantees a high reliability and
highest protection.
MS-N series magnetic contactors and
­thermal overload relays
Compact, modular extensions and an energysaving design – these are the main requirements set by users of contactors and auxiliary
contactors.
MS-N meets these requirement plus:
zz Easy mounting and wiring
zz Easy inspection
zz Built-in surge absorber (from S-N50)
zz Safety terminal functions
The highlights are
zz Improvement of electromagnet
zz 3 A to 1600 A rated capacity (3- and 4-pole)
zz International standard models
zz Interchangeable relay unit (thermal type or
electronic type)
zz Available in fixed and slot-in versions
zz Breaking capacity up to 200 kA
zz Additional disconnectors available
zz Growing power demands
zz Optimum overload tripping system
zz Additional disconnectors available
Low Voltage Switch Gears
10
91
Low Voltage Switch Gears
SUPER AE series air circuit breakers (AE-SW series)
Type
Frame type
Rated current In (A) 40 °C
Max. rated operational voltage Ue (V)
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)
Suitable for isolation
Category
Pollution degree
Number of poles
Rated current Ir (A) adjustment range at 40 °C
Rated current of neutral pole (A)
690 V AC
Rated service short-circuit
breaking capacity 1 Icu (kA, rms)
400 V AC
Ics = Icu = 100 %
Rated short-time withstand
current (kA rms) Icw
Operating cycles 2
(ON/OFF)
Low Voltage Switch Gears
10
Connecting terminal
Outline dimensions (mm)
WxHxD
Weight (kg)
1s
The development target was based on the
features:
Mitsubishi Electric offers a really complete range
of circuit breakers.
zz Simple operation for maximum user-friendliness
The World Super AE-SW air circuit family consist
of models from 1000 to 6300 A and are available in both 3 and 4 pole versions with fixed or
drawout configurations to suit your individual
requirements. There are only 3 standard sizes,
making planning much easier.
zz Flexible installation and customised protection for your systems
AE1250-SW AE1600-SW AE2000-SWA AE2000-SW
2
1250
1600
2000
2000
690
1000
12
V
B
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
625–1250 800–1600 1000–2000 625–2000
1250
1600
2000
2000
75
horizontal
vertical
frontal
zz Class leading performance range and
extended service life
zz Enhanced network support for comprehensive monitoring and control
AE2500-SW AE3200-SW AE4000-SWA AE4000-SW
3
2500
3200
4000
4000
690
1000
12
V
B
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
1250–2500 1600–3200 2000–4000 2000– 4000
2500
3200
4000
2000
85
AE5000-SW AE6300-SW
5000
85
130
65
75
100
20000
10000 (3P)/5000 (4P)
fixed type
V
V3
V3
3-pole: 410x340x290
4-pole: 410x425x290
draw-out type
3-pole: 430x300x368
4-pole: 430x385x368
fixed type
draw-out type
cradle only
41
64
26
51
78
30
41
64
26
—
V
—
—
V
—
V
V3
V3
3-pole: 410x475x290
4-pole: 410x605x290
3-pole: 430x435x368
4-pole: 430x565x368
51
78
30
42
65
26
52
79
30
47
70
31
57
84
35
60
92
35
72
113
43
61
93
35
73
114
43
63
95
36
75
116
44
3-pole:
430x439x368
4-pole:
430x569x368
81 99
108 136
49 61
6000
3
4
3
4
2500–5000 3150–6300
2500
3150
65
without rated current 25000
1 Conforms to IEC60947-2, EN60947-2
2 Number of mechanical operating cycles (on/off).
3 Optional
92
AE1000-SW
1
1000
690
1000
12
V
B
3
3
4
500–1000
1000
65
Built for the global demands of the
21st century
—
V
—
3-pole: 414x873x290
4-pole: 414x1003x290
3-pole: 480x875x368
4-pole: 480x1005x368
160
233
118
180
256
133
160
233
118
180
256
133
160
240
125
180
263
140
Low Voltage Switch Gears
WS series moulded-case circuit breakers
The moulded-case circuit breakers of the
Mitsubishi Electric breaker series are amongst
the smallest compact circuit breakers in the
world with electronic overload indication of this
kind. The system is based, among other things,
on the well-known and proven microprocessor
technology.
The tripping technology guarantees a high reliability and highest protection.
zz 16 A to 250 A in one model size
(3- and 4-pole)
zz Overcurrent tripping relay unit
(thermal type or electronic type)
zz Available in fixed and plug-in versions
WSS – World Super Series
The WSS breaker series meets national and international protection ratings according to VDE,
EN, and IEC standards for industrial applications
as well as for extended shipping demands.
zz Breaking capacity up to 200 kA
Specifications
Specifications
Rated current In max. [A]
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V] Number of poles
Rated breaking IEC 947-2
capacity
EN 60 947-2
[kA] (Icu/Ics)
VDE 0660
Dimensions (WxHxD) Specifications
Rated current In max. [A]
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V]
Number of poles
Rated breaking IEC 947-2
EN 60 947-2
capacity
VDE 0660
[kA] (Icu/Ics)
Dimensions (WxHxD) Specifications
Rated current In max. [A]
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V] Number of poles
Rated breaking IEC 947-2
EN 60 947-2
capacity
VDE 0660
[kA] (Icu/Ics)
Dimensions (WxHxD) Specifications
Rated current In max. [A]
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V] Number of poles
Rated breaking IEC 947-2
EN 60 947-2
capacity
VDE 0660
[kA] (Icu/Ics)
Dimensions (WxHxD) AC
AC
(50/60 Hz)
690 V
440 V
400 V
mm
AC
690 V
AC
(50/60 Hz) 440 V
400 V
mm
AC
690 V
AC
(50/60 Hz) 440 V
400 V
mm
AC
690 V
AC
(50/60 Hz) 440 V
400 V
mm
AC
690 V
AC
(50/60 Hz) 440 V
400 V
mm
NF32-SV
32
600
3
—
2.5/2.5
5/5
75x130x68
NF63-SV
63
600
3/4
—
7.5/7.5
7.5/7.5
75/100x130x68
NF63-HV
63
690
3/4
2.5/2.5
10/8
10/8
75/100x130x68
NF125-SGV
125
690
3/4
8/8
36/36
36/36
105/140x165x68
NF125-SEV
125
690
3/4
8/8
36/36
36/36
105/140x165x68
NF125-LGV
125
690
3/4
8/8
50/50
50/50
105/140x165x68
NF125-HGV
125
690
3/4
10/8
65/65
75/75
105/140x165x68
NF125-HEV
125
690
3/4
10/8
65/65
75/75
105/140x165x68
NF125-RGV
125
690
3
—
125/125
150/150
105x165x68
NF125-UGV
125
690
3/4
15/15
200/200
200/200
105/140x240x68
NF160-SGV
160
690
3/4
8/8
36/36
36/36
105/140x165x68
NF160-LGV
160
690
3/4
8/8
50/50
50/50
105/140x165x68
NF160-HGV
160
690
3/4
10/8
65/65
75/75
105/140x165x68
NF250-SGV
250
690
3/4
8/8
36/36
36/36
105/140x165x68
NF250-SEV
250
690
3/4
8/8
36/36
36/36
105/140x165x68
NF250-LGV
250
690
3/4
8/8
50/50
50/50
105/140x165x68
NF250-HGV
250
690
3/4
10/8
65/65
75/75
105/140x165x68
NF250-HEV
250
690
3/4
10/8
65/65
75/75
105/140x165x68
NF250-RGV
250
690
3
—
125/125
150/150
105x165x68
NF250-UGV
250
690
3/4
15/15
200/200
200/200
105/140x240x68
NF400-SEW
400
690
3/4
10/10
42/42
50/50
140/185x257x103
NF400-HEW
400
690
3/4
35/18
65/65
70/70
140/185x257x103
NF1000-SEW
1000
690
3/4
25/13
85/43
85/43
210/280x406x140
NF400-REW
400
690
3
—
125/63
125/63
140x257x103
NF630-SEW
630
690
3/4
10/10
42/42
50/50
140/185x257x103
NF630-HEW
630
690
3/4
15/15
65/65
70/70
140/185x257x103
NF1250-SEW
1250
690
3/4
25/13
85/43
85/43
210/280x406x140
NF630-REW
630
690
3
—
125/63
125/63
140x257x103
NF800-SEW
800
690
3/4
10/10
42/42
50/50
210/280x275x103
NF800-HEW
800
690
3/4
15/15
65/65
70/70
210/280x275x103
10
NF800-REW
800
690
3
—
125/63
125/63
210x275x103
NF1600-SEW
1600
690
3/4
25/13
85/43
85/43
210/280x406x140
93
Low Voltage Switch Gears
Specifications
Rated current In max. [A]
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V] Number of poles
Rated breaking IEC 947-2
EN 60 947-2
capacity
VDE 0660
[kA] (Icu/Ics)
Dimensions (WxHxD) Low Voltage Switch Gears
General purpose contactors
Compact, modular extensions and an energysaving design – these are the main requirements set by users of contactors and auxiliary
contactors.
Requirements that the MS-N/T series from
Mitsubishi Electric fulfill.
zz Safety and speedy terminal functions
zz Thermo-plastic improves the barrier strength
zz Coil boasts lower coil consumption
zz Improvement of Electromagnet
(DC electromagnet with AC operation)
zz Less noise nor surge from coil
Special features:
zz Conform to IEC947-4-1, EN-Standards
zz Easy mounting and wiring
zz Wide range for rated continuous current Ith
from 20 A to 1000 A
zz Easy inspection
ST-20
zz Built-in surge absorber (from S-N50)
S-N400
Handling of the contactors
S-T10 to S-N65 units can all be mounted on DIN
rail (35 mm wide).
zz Side clip-on auxiliary contact blocks
A variety of auxiliary blocks and optional features are available including:
zz Surge absorbers with LED operating indicators
zz Standard front clip-on auxiliary contact blocks
(4-pole-type and 2-pole-type)
Compact arc quenching and magnet layout
greatly reduces installation space.
zz Surge absorbers (varistor and CR models)
zz Mechanical interlocks
The coil rating is displayed in a location readily
visible even after the unit is installed onto the
panel.
Contacts are visible when the cover is removed,
allowing them to be checked easily.
zz Low-level signal front-clip-on auxiliary contact blocks
Low Voltage Switch Gears
10
Three-phase motor ratings IEC category AC3 for contactors
AC-operated S-T10
S-T12
Contactor
DC-operated —
SD-T12
AC 380–440 V kW 4
5.5
A 20
20
Rated continuous current Ith 1
NO + 1 NC or
Auxiliary contacts (standard)
1 NO or 1 NC
2 NO or 2 NC
Thermal overload relays
Type
Setting range
S-T20
SD-T20
7.5
20
1 NO + 1 NC or
2 NO
TH-T18KP
A 0.1–18
S-T21
SD-T21
11
32
S-T25
SD-T25
15
32
S-T32
SD-T32
15
32
S-N35
SD-N35
18.5
60
S-N50
SD-N50
22
80
S-N65
SD-N65
30
100
2 NO + 2 NC
2 NO + 2 NC
—
2 NO + 2 NC
2 NO + 2 NC
2 NO + 2 NC
TH-T25KP
0.24–26
TH-N20TAKPCX TH-N60KPCX
12–65
12–65
Three-phase motor ratings IEC category AC3 for contactors
AC-operated S-N80
S-N95
Contactor
DC-operated SD-N80
SD-N95
AC 380–440 V kW 45
55
A 135
150
Rated continuous current Ith Auxiliary contacts (standard)
2 NO + 2 NC
2 NO + 2 NC
S-N125
SD-N125
60
150
2 NO + 2 NC
S-N150
SD-N150
75
200
2 NO + 2 NC
Thermal overload relays
Type
Setting range
TH-N120KP
34–100
TH-N120TAKP TH-N220RHKP
85–150
65–250
94
TH-N60TAKP
A 54–105
S-N180
—
90
260
2 NO + 2 NC
S-N220
SD-N220
132
260
2 NO + 2 NC
S-N300
SD-N300
160
350
2 NO + 2 NC
TH-N400RHKP
85–400
S-N400
SD-N400
220
450
2 NO + 2 NC
S-N600
SD-N600
330
800
2 NO + 2 NC
TH-N600KP
200–800
S-N800
SD-N800
440
1000
2 NO + 2 NC
Low Voltage Switch Gears
Thermal overload relays
A selection of relays for optimum motor protection characteristics
The thermal relay line-up includes the phase
failure protection type models (three-element
relays).
zz An operation indicator makes maintenance
and inspection easy.
This array of protection characteristics allows
you to choose the units suited to your motor
protection needs.
zz Rated current can be set easily
zz 1 NO and 1 NC contact
zz Finger protection up to TH-N60KPCX
zz Trip-free reset bar
zz Convenient reset release (optional)
TH-T18KP
Contactor relays
Contactor relays are designed for use in low voltage control circuit applications.
zz Various contact arrangement and long life
Our standard contactor relay version is with
5 auxiliary contacts.
zz Dust-proof construction
With side clip-on and front clip-on configurations available, a maximum of 4 auxiliary contacts are possible.
zz Easy wiring (self-rising terminal screws)
zz High reliability: By adopting bifurcated moving contacts and by improving the shape of
the contacts, contact performance has been
made more reliable than ever.
zz Different types: Standard, large capacity,
overlap contact
zz Mountable on 35 mm DIN rails
zz Easily visible coil ratings
zz Various accessories common with the series
S-N contactors (front and side clip-on type
additional auxiliary contact blocks, surge
absorbers)
zz Finger protected types are available (DIN
57106/VDE 0106 Part 100) (Suffix “CX”)
10
Contactor relays
DC-operated type
Auxiliary contacts
SRD-N4CX 4A
4 NO
SRD-N4CX 3A1B
3 NO, 1 NC
SRD-N4CX 2A2B
2 NO, 2 NC
Contactor relays RS-T series
AC-operated
Contactor
DC-operated
Auxiliary contacts (standard)
SR-T5 5A
SRD-T5 5A
5 NO
SR-T5 4A1B
SRD-T5 4A1B
4 NO + 1 NC
SR-T5 3A2B
SRD-T5 3A2B
3 NO + 2 NC
Low Voltage Switch Gears
SR-T5
95
Low Voltage Switch Gears
Electronic multi-measuring instruments
ME96SS
The ME96SS measures and displays all important values of a low voltage/medium voltage
power distribution system. By optional plug-in
modules, remote I/O’s and open network communication can be added. The remote I/O will be
used for monitoring the MCCB or ACB status or
can be used for energy counters.
zz Compact sizes according to DIN
zz Easy to read display and simple to learn
operation
zz Flexible to use and modular
zz expandable
zz Conforms to CE standard
The ME96SS provides full integration in a
­CC-Link or Modbus® network and allows
therefore energy reduction and optimization
controlled by our well-known PLC series.
Specifications
Display
Function keys
Memory for
Network connection
Expandability
External power supply
Operating conditions
Storage conditions
Dimensions (WxHxD) Weight Standards
Order information ME96SSH-MB
ME96SSR-MB
LCD, monochrome
LCD, monochrome
7
7
Measurements and settings
Modbus®/RTU communication
CC-Link, digital or analogue I/Os via plug-in module
100–240 V AC (+10 %, -15 %), 50/60 Hz; 75–140 V DC
-5–50 °C (average temperature; ≤35 °C per day),
30–85 % humidity (no condensation)
-20–60 °C
mm 96x96x86
96x96x86
kg 0.5
0.5
EMC: EN61326-1:2006 safety standard: EN61010-1:2001
Art. no. 273870
273871
ME96SSE-MB
LCD, monochrome
7
96x96x86
0.5
273872
Plug-in modules
Using an optional plug-in module the multimeasuring instrument ME96SS can be connected in open CC-Link networks. They offer
different ­I­/Os to display measured data from the
electric distribution system or similar.
10
Low Voltage Switch Gears
Specifications
Analogue outputs
Pulse outputs
Digital inputs
Digital outputs
Network connection
Suitable measuring instrument
Order information ME-4210-SS96
4
2
1
—
—
ME96SSH-MB, ME96SSR-MB
Art. no. 273873
The plug-in module can be simply plugged into
the designated space on the back side of the
measuring module.
ME-0040C-SS97
—
—
4
—
CC-Link
ME-0052-SS98
—
—
5
2
—
273874
273895
Measured and displayed can be:
zz Measuring of voltage, current, active power,
reactive power, apparent power, power factor,
and frequency.
zz In addition, total of six types of energy
(incoming energy, outgoing energy, incoming
lag reactive energy, incoming lead reactive energy, outgoing lag reactive energy,
and outgoing lead reactive energy) can be
measured.
96
zz Using the RS485 interface monitoring of contact input (5 circuits) and power monitoring
of output control (2 circuits) can be operated
at the same time.
zz Status of the breaker (e. g. ON, OFF, tripped,
alarm; only useable with AE-SW)
zz Measuring of imported and exported energy
zz Measuring ranges: IT and TN, 60 V to 750 kV,
5 A to 30 kA, 50 to 60 Hz
MES Solutions
Effectively optimizing production by directly connecting enterprise systems with the shop floor.
MES Solutions The MES interface product group
enables direct connection between the MES
(Manufacturing Execution System) database and
shop floor equipment, without a communication gateway such as a PC.
ERP
The MES benefits are:
Quality management,
Scheduling
MES
Production planning, cost management,
inventory management, task management, etc.
zz accurate information in real-time through
direct utilization of internal device information
zz simple system implementation by direct connecting to database(s)
MES
interface
zz no need for PCs and programs, which greatly
reduces costs
zz improved reliability by changing the gateway
PC to a PLC
zz no specialists and expensive interfacing software needed
[email protected]
Shop floor
Ethernet
zz reduced installation costs
zz reduced network load because of trigger
executed database communication and not
polling data
HMI
Motion controller
CNC
EDM
MELSERVO
CC-Link
Inverter
Laser processing
Industrial
robots
Eco Master
MELSEC System Q MES interface IT module
This allows the removal of the usual intermediate layer of PC infrastructure required to process
shop floor data. This saves cost, increases security and reduces maintenance requirements.
Specifications
Module type
Communications method
Interface general
databases
MESiT
MES interface IT modul
Ethernet
type 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Interacts with databases via user-defined jobs (Windows, Linux, Unix ect)
Oracle®/SAP, Microsoft® SQL, DB2, DB2/400
Insert, batch insert, update, select, select with delete, select with update, stored procedure
SQL commands
and count rows delete
DB interface
function
messaging
Http, E-mail, TCP, IBM WebSphere MQ, MQTT, JBOSS
trigger buffering function
The MES module buffers the data and trigger time to internal memory.
arithmetic processing
Formulas can be applied to data before sending from the MES interface module.
program execution function Executes programs in the application server computer
Memory capacity
1 CompactFlash card can be installed
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA 0.93
Dimensions (WxHxD)
mm 27.4x98x115
Order information MES-IT module Hardware:
Core software incl. Mitsubishi Electric driver and 5 connections to PLC
Database connection for SQL
Database connection for Oracle
Database connection for DB2
Art. no. Additional 5 PLC connections
Siemens driver for S7-200, 300, 400, 12000
Mitsubishi Electric MC protocol driver
Modbus driver
Rockwell driver
Omron driver
134930
227387
227390
227391
227392
227388
229481
231543
231544
227395
227397
97
11
MES Solutions
The MES Interface IT module provides a direct
link from the iQ Platform to enterprise IT
systems. Hence any shop floor system using the
iQ Platform can communicate directly with high
level IT systems.
MES Solutions
MELSEC System Q MES interface module
QJ71MES96
The MELSEC System Q MES module allows users
to interface their production control systems
directly to a MES database based on Windows
technology.
Specifications
Module type
Communications method
Interface
type
general
tag function
trigger monitor function
DB interface
trigger buffering function
function
SQL text transmission
arithmetic processing
program execution function
Memory capacity
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA
Dimensions (WxHxD)
mm
Order information QJ71MES96
MES interface module
Ethernet
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Interacts with databases via user-defined jobs
Collects device data of the PLCs CPU on the network in units of tags.
Monitors the status of conditions (time, tag values, etc.)
The MES module buffers the data and trigger time to internal memory.
Automatically generates the correct SQL message according to requirements.
Formulas can be applied to data before sending from the MES interface module.
Executes programs in the application server computer
1 CompactFlash Card can be installed
32
650
27.5x98x90
Art. no. 200698
MES option board for GOT (GT15 and GT16 series)
GT15-MESB-48M and GT16M-MESB
Specifications
By using an MES option card the GT15 and GT16
are able to communicate directly with Windows
databases without needing a Gateway-PC.
Module type
The information collected on the MELSEC
System Q PLC is linked by the PLC MES interface
module, and the information from existing
equipment and 3rd party controllers is linked by
the GOT1000 MES interface function.
DB interface
function
The MES interface product series links shop floor
equipment and MES information simply, with
minimum cost.
GT15-MESB48M
GT16M-MESB
GT15 option card with 48 MB expansion
GT16 option card with MES functionality (for
memory and MES functionality (for direct
direct database connection)
database connection)
general
Interacts with databases via user-defined jobs
tag function
Collects device data of the PLCs CPU on the network in units of tags.
trigger monitor function
Monitors the status of conditions (time, tag values, etc.)
trigger buffering function The MES module buffers the data and trigger time to internal memory.
SQL text transmission
Automatically generates the correct SQL message according to requirements.
arithmetic processing
Formulas can be applied to data before sending from the MES interface module.
program execution function Executes programs in the application server computer
Order information Art. no. 203473
221369
For GT15 the additional Ethernet communication module GT15-J71E71-100 is required.
For GT15 and GT16 a standard CF card up to 2 GB is required
MES Solutions
11
MES interface function for GOT (GT27 and GT25 series)
GT25-MESIFKEY-1
The MES interface function allows SQL text
transmission from a GOT to a database in the
server computer connected via the Ethernet,
enabling writing GOT’s device values to the
database and reading database values to set
them to GOT’s devices.This direct communication with the server computer eliminates the
need for gateway equipment.
Specifications
MES interface function
general
tag function
trigger monitor function
DB interface
trigger buffering function
function
SQL text transmission
arithmetic processing
program execution function
Order information 98
GT25-MESIFKEY-1
1 license
Interacts with databases via user-defined jobs
Collects device data of the PLCs CPU on the network in units of tags.
Monitors the status of conditions (time, tag values, etc.)
The SD memory card in the GOT stores the data and trigger time.
Automatically generates the correct SQL message according to requirements.
Formulas can be applied to data before sending via the MES function.
Executes programs in the application server computer
Art. no. 274946
Power Supplies
The ALPHA POWERs are convenient power
supplies for the 24 V units and other external
devices. They are applicable for wall or DIN rail
mounting and their dimensions are matched to
those of the ALPHA family.
Specifications
Application
Nominal input voltage
Output voltage
Max. output current
Protection
Dimensions (WxHxD) Order information The units have an integrated thermal overload
protection circuit and a POWER LED. The output
voltage is adjustable.
ALPHA POWER 24-0.75
ALPHA POWER 24-1.75
Power supply for the 24 V ALPHA base units and external devices
100–240 V AC (45–65 Hz)
24 V DC (+/-1 %)
0.75 A
1.75 A
IP20
mm 36x90x61
54x90x61
Art. no. 209029
209030
The power supply modules FX3U-1PSU-5V,
FX3UC-1PS-5V and FX5-1PSU-5V are used to
reinforce the build-in 5 V DC and 24 V DC power
supply of a FX3U/FX3UC main unit. They do
not occupy any I/O points and deliver up to 1 A
more current for the 5 V system bus (for special
function modules).
Specifications
Up to 5 ALPHA Power units can be installed
together for redundant mode operation or connected in parallel for more power.
ALPHA POWER 24-2.5
2.5 A
72x90x61
209031
Two FX3U-1PSU-5V units can be installed in
parallel for more power.
Dimensions (WxHxD) FX3U-1PSU-5V
Power supply for the FX3U
system bus
100–240 V AC (50/60 Hz)
5 V DC/24 V DC
5 V DC 1 A at 40 °C; 0.8 A at 55 °C
24 V DC 0.3 A at 40 °C; 0.2 A at 55 °C
mm 55x90x87
FX3UC-1PS-5V
Power supply for the FX3UC
system bus
24 V DC (+20 %/-15 %)
5 V DC
1A
—
24x90x74
FX5-1PSU-5V
Power supply for the FX5U
system bus
100–240 V AC (50/60 Hz)
5 V DC/24 V DC
1.2 A at 40 °C
0.3 A at 40 °C
50x90x83
Order information Art. no. 169507
210086
280509
Application
Nominal input voltage
Output voltage
Max. output current
Note: The FX3U-1PSU-5V can’t be used with a 24 V base unit!
When connecting an input extension module (e.g. FX2N-8ER-ES/UL, FX2N-8ER) to the FX3U-1PSU-5V, supply the power for it from the 24 V DC service power
supply of the connected main unit or powered extension unit on the upstream side.
Specifications
Application
Nominal input voltage
Output voltage
Max. output current
Protection
Dimensions (WxHxD) Order information The power supply units can be installed in
parallel for more power or for redundant mode
operation.
The units dispose of an adjustable output voltage, a thermal overload protection circuit and a
POWER LED.
PSU 25
PSU 50
PSU 100
Power supply for all peripheral devices
100–240 V AC (45–65 Hz)
24 V DC
2.5 A
5A
10 A
IP20
mm 32x130x115
40x130x115
60x130x152.5
Art. no. 206147
Accessories (PSU 100 or larger)
206148
206149
PSU 200
PSU 200-3
PSU 400-3
380–400 V AC
20 A
20 A
40 A
115x130x152.5 115x130x152.5 139x130x190
208850
208851
208852
Wall mounting adapter PSU-UWA, art. no.: 208853
99
12
Power Supplies
The primary switched-mode power supply
units PSU are especially applicable for universal
usage in batch mechanical engineering. The
wide range input and the UL, cUL certifications
allow a worldwide application. The 3-phase
units supply the full permanent output power at
breakdown of one phase.
Index
Compact PLCs
Active data modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Analog input modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Analog I/O adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Analog temperature input adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Analog temperature input modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Combined analog I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Communications adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Control and display panel/holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Data logger module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Display modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Equipment features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Expandability and functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Expandability and power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Extension adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
FX3G/FX3GE/FX3GC series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
FX3S series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
FX3U/FX3UC series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
FX5U/FX5UC series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
High speed counter and pulse train modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Interface adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Memory cassettes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Micro controllers ALPHA series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Positioning modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Temperature control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
The ALPHA2 series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
What components are required for an FX PLC system? . . . . . . 41
Frequency Inverters
Comprehensive range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
FR-A741 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
FR-A770 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
FR-A800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
FR-CC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
FR-D700 SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
FR-E700 SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
FR-F700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Internal and external options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Low Voltage Switch Gears
Electronic multi-measuring instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
General purpose contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SUPER AE series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
The complete solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
WS series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MELFA Robot Systems
Articulated robot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Example of a robot system configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
F-D and F-Q series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Large range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Powerful controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Robots teach panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
SCARA robot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
MES Solutions
MES interface function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
MES interface IT module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
MES interface module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
MES option board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Optimizing production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Mitsubishi Electric on the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Modular PLCs
CC-Link Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
iQ Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
MELSEC iQ-R Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Analog input modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Analog modules for temperature measurement . . . . . . . . 25
Analog output modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Base units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
100
CPU modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Digital I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
High-speed counter modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Interface modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Power supply modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
System structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
What a system looks like . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
What you need . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
MELSEC L Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Analog input module for voltages,
currents and temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Analog I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Branch/extension module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
CPU modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Digital I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
High-speed counter modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Interface modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
I/O-Link module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Power supply modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Serial communications adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
System structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Temperature control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
What a system looks like . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
What you need . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
MELSEC Safety PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
MELSEC System Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Analog CT input module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Analog input modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Analog modules for temperature measurement . . . . . . . . 31
Analog output modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Base units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Combined analog I/O module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Digital I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
High-speed counter modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
High speed data logger module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Interface modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Interrupt module and high-speed inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Load cell input module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Loop control module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
MES interface module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Multi-function counter/timer module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
NAMUR input module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
PLC CPU modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Power measurement modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Power supply modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
System structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Temperature control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Voltage converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Web server module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
What a system looks like . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
What you need . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
MELSEC WS Safety Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Overview MELSEC iQ-R series, System Q and L series . . . . . . . 20
Safety relais . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Networks
AS-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
CANopen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
CC-Link, CC-Link IE Control, CC-Link IE Field
and CC-Link Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
DeviceNetTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
EtherCat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Ethernet interface modules for various network protocols . . 10
J1939 network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
LonWorks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
MELSECNET/H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Modbus®/TCP, Modbus®/RTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Profibus DP(V1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Profinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
RS485 multi-protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
SSCNETIII/H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Typical distributed control structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Remote I/O Modules
CC-Link/CC-Link IE Field remote modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Data exchange with peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
High-speed counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Open control loop positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
The MELSEC STlite series –
scalable I/O solutions for CC-Link, Profibus and Ethernet . . . . 15
Analog I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Bus end module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Digital I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Head stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Incremental encoder input module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Interface module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Power supply modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Temperature input module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Up/Down counter module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
The MELSEC ST series –
premium product for process industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Analog I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Bus power for head station and power feeding module . . 18
Digital I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Head stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Servo and Motion Systems
Components of a MR-J4 servo system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
General overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
MELSEC Simple Motion modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
MELSEC System Q-Motion system modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Motion controller CPUs of MELSEC System QDS and iQ-R . . . . 86
MR-D30 functional safety unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
MR-J4 servo amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
MR-J4W2-B/MR-J4W3-B servo amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
MR-JE servo amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Positioning modules MELSEC iQ-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Positioning modules MELSEC L series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Positioning modules MELSEC System Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Servo motor features and typical applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Servo motor specifications and matching amplifiers . . . . . . . 78
Single axis motion controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Stand-alone motion controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Software
iQ Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Life cycle engineering software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
MAPS – Mitsubishi Electric Adroit Process Suite . . . . . . . . . . . 7
PC data management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
MX Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
MX OPC Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
MX Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
PLC programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ALPHA – ALVLS (AL-PCS/WIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
GX Configurator DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
GX Configurator PN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
GX Works2/GX Works3/GX Works2 FX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Programming of drive systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FR Configurator/FR Configurator2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FX Configurator FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
MR Configurator2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
MT Works2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Robots programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
RT ToolBox2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Visualisation software – HMI programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
GT Works3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Index
101
Mitsubishi Electric on the Web
The Mitsubishi Electric Industrial Automation internet portal
The Mitsubishi Electric Automation website
MyMitsubishi benefits at a glance
zz Newsletter
Our website provides a simple and fast way of
accessing further technical data and up to the
minute details on our products and services.
Manuals and catalogues are available in several
different languages and can be downloaded
for free. The main page is available under
https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com. The web site
is available in more than 10 different languages
and the number of languages is still growing.
Follow the drop down menu in the upper right
corner of the web site to see if your language is
already available.
As a registered user you have free access to
many useful additional services that are not
available to the general public.
Stay up to date: Subscribers to our email
newsletter don’t miss any events or special
promotions. Once a month you will receive the
latest news from the world of Mitsubishi Electric
automation technology. Topics include product
news, case studies on applications realised with
Mitsubishi Electric products in all fields of automation, trade show dates, events for customers
and special offers.
zz Additional downloads
In addition to brochures, technical catalogues
and manuals, MyMitsubishi members can also
download the latest software updates and
drivers, CAD, GSD and EDS files and copies of
product certifications.
MyMitsubishi offers numerous free downloads.
The European Automation portal
MyMitsubishi gives you more
Are you interested in news about products
and technologies from Mitsubishi Electric for
factory and process automation applications?
Do you need an address in your area for a
local Mitsubishi Electric distributor? Or are you
already a customer and need quick access to the
latest technical information? You can already
find all this and more on our website, but with
­MyMitsubishi you can find the information you
need even faster and more easily and you also
get some valuable additional services. Take
advantage of MyMitsubishi – it’s your direct
channel to Mitsubishi Electric automation
technology.
How to register
Click on the Register Now link on the MyMitsubishi
page to display the registration form. Enter a
user name and password of your choice and
your contact details, then click on the Register
button. Shortly after doing this you will receive
an email asking you to confirm and complete
the registration process. If you ever forget your
password just click on the I forgot my password
link to have it sent to your registered email
address. You are in complete control of how
we work with you. You can edit, modify or even
delete your registration at any time from within
your personal profile.
102
zz Graphics database
MyMitsubishi members also have access to
our graphics database with product photos,
graphics and illustrations from our brochures
and catalogues.
Always up to date with the Mitsubishi Electric Newsletter.
zz Further benefits
With MyMitsubishi you have the additional
opportunity to use various online utilities such
as tools for the selection or configuration of
products. Furthermore, you get access to our
extensive knowledge base and additional
services such as the usage of a download list,
the extended product warranty or the option to
register your software.
Free access to the comprehensive graphics database.
Manage your own favorites list.
Automation solutions
A world of
automation solutions
Motion control and servos
Inverters
Robots
LV circuit protection
Laser machines
HMI and GOTs
CNC
controllers
Compact PLCs
EDM machines
Modular PLCs
Mitsubishi Electric offers a wide range of automation equipment from PLCs and HMIs to CNC and EDM machines.
A name to trust
Since its beginnings in 1870, some 45 companies use the Mitsubishi name, covering
a spectrum of finance, commerce and
industry.
The Mitsubishi brand name is recognized
around the world as a symbol of premium
quality.
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation is active in
space development, transportation, semiconductors, energy systems, communications and information processing, audio visual equipment, home electronics, building
and energy management and automation
systems, and has 237 factories and laboratories worldwide in over 121 countries.
This is why you can rely on a Mitsubishi
Electric automation solution – because we
know first hand about the need for reliable,
efficient, easy-to-use automation and control in our own factories.
As one of the world’s leading companies with
a global turnover of over 4 trillion Yen (over
$40 billion), employing over 100,000 people,
Mitsubishi Electric has the resource and
the commitment to deliver the ultimate
in service and support as well as the best
products.
Global partner. Local friend.
European Offices
Representatives
Russia
GEVA
Wiener Straße 89
A-2500 Baden
Phone: +43 (0)2252 / 85 55 20
Austria
Beijer Electronics A/S
Lykkegardsvej 17
DK-4000 Roskilde
Phone: +45 (0)46/ 75 76 66
Denmark
Beijer Electronics SIA
Ritausmas iela 23
LV-1058 Riga
Phone: +371 (0)6 / 784 2280
Czech Rep.
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Radlická 751/113e Avenir Business Park
CZ-158 00 Praha 5
Phone: +420 251 551 470
Spain
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Carretera de Rubí 76-80 Apdo. 420
E-08190 Sant Cugat del Vallés (Barcelona)
Phone: +34 (0) 93 / 5653131
OOO TECHNIKON
Prospect Nezavisimosti 177-9
BY-220125 Minsk
Phone: +375 (0)17 / 393 1177
Belarus
HANS FØLSGAARD A/S
Theilgaards Torv 1
DK-4600 Køge
Phone: +45 4320 8600
Denmark
Beijer Electronics UAB
Goštautų g. 3
LT-48324 Kaunas
Phone: +370 37 262707
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
25, Boulevard des Bouvets
F-92741 Nanterre Cedex
Phone: +33 (0)1 / 55 68 55 68
France
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. (Scandinavia) Sweden
Fjelievägen 8
SE-22736 Lund
Phone: +46 (0) 8 625 10 00
ESCO DRIVES
Culliganlaan 3
BE-1831 Diegem
Phone: +32 (0)2 / 717 64 60
Belgium
Beijer Electronics Eesti OÜ
Pärnu mnt.160i
EE-11317 Tallinn
Phone: +372 (0)6 / 51 81 40
Estonia
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Viale Colleoni 7 Palazzo Sirio
I-20864 Agrate Brianza (MB)
Phone: +39 039 / 60 53 1
Italy
Mitsubishi Electric Turkey Elektrik Ürünleri A.Ş. Turkey
Şerifali Mahallesi Nutuk Sokak No:5
TR-34775 Ümraniye-İSTANBUL
Phone: +90 (0)216 / 526 39 90
KONING & HARTMAN B.V.
Woluwelaan 31
BE-1800 Vilvoorde
Phone: +32 (0)2 / 257 02 40
Belgium
Beijer Electronics OY
Vanha Nurmijärventie 62
FIN-01670 Vantaa
Phone: +358 (0)207 / 463 500
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Gothaer Straße 8
D-40880 Ratingen
Phone: +49 (0)2102 / 486-0
Germany
Mitsubishi Electric (Russia) LLC
52, bld. 1 Kosmodamianskaya emb.
RU-115054 Moscow
Phone: +7 495 / 721 2070
Latvia
Sirius Trading & Services
Aleea Lacul Morii Nr. 3
RO-060841 Bucuresti, Sector 6
Phone: +40 (0)21 / 430 40 06
Romania
ILAN & GAVISH Ltd.
24 Shenkar St., Kiryat Arie
IL-49001 Petah-Tikva
Phone: +972 (0)3 / 922 18 24
Israel
GIRIT CELADON Ltd.
12 H’aomanut Street
IL-42505 Netanya
Phone: +972 (0)9 / 863 39 80
Israel
Lithuania
INEA SR d.o.o.
Ul. Karadjordjeva 12/217
SER-11300 Smederevo
Phone: +386 (026) 461 54 01
Serbia
ALFATRADE Ltd.
99, Paola Hill
Malta-Paola PLA 1702
Phone: +356 (0)21 / 697 816
Malta
SIMAP SK
Jána Derku 1671
SK-911 01 Trenčín
Phone: +421 (0)32 743 04 72
Slovakia
Lebanon
CEG LIBAN
Cebaco Center/Block A Autostrade DORA
Lebanon-Beirut
Phone: +961 (0)1 / 240 445
Finland
INTEHSIS SRL
bld. Traian 23/1
MD-2060 Kishinev
Phone: +373 (0)22 / 66 4242
Moldova
INEA RBT d.o.o.
Stegne 11
SI-1000 Ljubljana
Phone: +386 (0)1 / 513 8116
Slovenia
South Africa
ADROIT TECHNOLOGIES
20 Waterford Office Park 189 Witkoppen Road
ZA-Fourways
Phone: + 27 (0)11 / 658 8100
Ireland
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Travellers Lane
UK-Hatfield, Herts. AL10 8XB
Phone: +44 (0)1707 / 28 87 80
UK
INEA RBT d.o.o. Bosnia and Herzegovina
Stegne 11
SI-1000 Ljubljana
Phone: +386 (0)1/ 513 8116
PROVENDOR OY
Teljänkatu 8 A3
FIN-28130 Pori
Phone: +358 (0) 2 / 522 3300
Finland
Netherlands
HIFLEX AUTOM. B.V.
Wolweverstraat 22
NL-2984 CD Ridderkerk
Phone: +31 (0)180 / 46 60 04
Beijer Electronics Automation AB Sweden
Box 426
SE-20124 Malmö
Phone: +46 (0)40 / 35 86 00
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Nijverheidsweg 23a
NL-3641RP Mijdrecht
Phone: +31 (0) 297250350
Netherlands
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Dubai Silicon Oasis
United Arab Emirates - Dubai
Phone: +971 4 3724716
UAE
Bulgaria
AKHNATON
4, Andrei Ljapchev Blvd., PO Box 21
BG-1756 Sofia
Phone: +359 (0)2 / 817 6000
UTECO A.B.E.E.
5, Mavrogenous Str.
GR-18542 Piraeus
Phone: +30 (0)211 / 1206-900
Greece
KONING & HARTMAN B.V.
Energieweg 1
NL-2627 AP Delft
Phone: +31 (0)15 260 99 06
Netherlands
Switzerland
OMNI RAY AG
Im Schörli 5
CH-8600 Dübendorf
Phone: +41 (0)44 / 802 28 80
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
ul. Krakowska 50
PL-32-083 Balice
Phone: +48 (0) 12 347 65 00
Poland
Croatia
INEA CR
Losinjska 4 a
HR-10000 Zagreb
Phone: +385 (0)1 / 36 940 - 01/ -02/ -03
MELTRADE Kft.
Fertő utca 14.
HU-1107 Budapest
Phone: +36 (0)1 / 431-9726
Hungary
Beijer Electronics AS
Postboks 487
NO-3002 Drammen
Phone: +47 (0)32 / 24 30 00
Norway
Czech Republic
AutoCont C.S. S.R.O.
Kafkova 1853/3
CZ-702 00 Ostrava 2
Phone: +420 595 691 150
TOO Kazpromavtomatika
Ul. Zhambyla 28
KAZ-100017 Karaganda
Phone: +7 7212 / 50 10 00
Fonseca S.A.
R. João Francisco do Casal 87/89
PT-3801-997 Aveiro, Esgueira
Phone: +351 (0)234 / 303 900
Portugal
Version check
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Westgate Business Park, Ballymount
IRL-Dublin 24
Phone: +353 (0)1 4198800
Kazakhstan
OOO “CSC-AUTOMATION”
4-B, M. Raskovoyi St.
UA-02660 Kiev
Phone: +380 (0)44 / 494 33 44
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. / FA - European Business Group / Gothaer Straße 8 / D-40880 Ratingen / Germany /
Tel.: +49(0)2102-4860 / Fax: +49(0)2102-4861120 / [email protected] / https://eu3a.mitsubishielectric.com
Art. no. 170021-I / 04.2015 / Specifications subject to change / All trademarks and copyrights acknowledged.
Ukraine
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement